12 .uno%3ASaveGraphic 7a Opens a dialog to save the selected bitmap picture as a file. The default file format is the internal format of the image.
16 .uno%3ACustomAnimation 33 Opens the Custom Animation window on the Task pane.
10 .uno%3APageSetup 49 Sets page orientation, page margins, background and other layout options.
17 SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TLB 49 Lists available slides. Double-click a slide to make it the active slide.
10 .uno%3ANavigator 5b Opens the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to other slides or move between open files.
20 SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_DRAGTYPE 3d Drag and drop slides and named objects into the active slide.
1c SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PREV 27 Moves back one slide in the slide show.
1c SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_LAST 2a Jumps to the last slide in the slide show.
24 SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_SHAPE_FILTER f6 In the submenu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you set the focus to a slide and press the Tab key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.
16 SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_LB 24 Lists available $[officename] files.
1c SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_NEXT 29 Move forward one slide in the slide show.
1b SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PEN 5c Switches the mouse pointer to a pen that you can use to write on slides during a slide show.
1d SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_FIRST 2b Jumps to the first slide in the slide show.
13 SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR 5b Opens the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to other slides or move between open files.
2c sd%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COPY%3AMTR_FLD_MOVE_Y c3 Enter the vertical distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.
2c sd%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COPY%3AMTR_FLD_MOVE_X d6 Enter the horizontal distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.
2e sd%3AImageButton%3ADLG_COPY%3ABTN_SET_VIEWDATA a7 Enters the width and the height values of the selected object in the X axis and the Y axis boxes respectively as well as the fill color of the object in the Start box.
12 .uno%3ACopyObjects 2e Makes one or more copies of a selected object.
2c sd%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COPY%3AMTR_FLD_HEIGHT 5b Enter the amount by which you want to enlarge or reduce the height of the duplicate object.
2d sd%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COPY%3ANUM_FLD_COPIES 2c Enter the number of copies you want to make.
28 sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_COPY%3ALB_START_COLOR 27 Choose a color for the selected object.
26 sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_COPY%3ALB_END_COLOR 76 Choose a color for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this color is applied to the last copy.
2b sd%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COPY%3AMTR_FLD_ANGLE ce Enter the angle (0 to 359 degrees) by which you want to rotate the duplicate object. Positive values rotate the duplicate object in a clockwise direction and negative values in a counterclockwise direction.
2b sd%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COPY%3AMTR_FLD_WIDTH 5a Enter the amount by which you want to enlarge or reduce the width of the duplicate object.
11 .uno%3ADeletePage 22 Deletes the current slide or page.
11 .uno%3ARenamePage 1a Renames the selected page.
12 .uno%3ADeleteLayer 19 Deletes the active layer.
28 sd%3AMetricField%3ADLG_MORPH%3AMTF_STEPS 45 Enter the number of shapes you want between the two selected objects.
2a sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_MORPH%3ACBX_ATTRIBUTES 4d Applies cross-fading to the line and fill properties of the selected objects.
2b sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_MORPH%3ACBX_ORIENTATION 39 Applies a smooth transition between the selected objects.
f .uno%3AMorphing 56 Creates shapes and distributes them by uniform increments between two drawing objects.
2d sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_FIELD_MODIFY%3ALB_LANGUAGE 22 Select the language for the field.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_FIELD_MODIFY%3ARBT_VAR 28 Displays the current value of the field.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_FIELD_MODIFY%3ARBT_FIX 3e Displays the content of the field when the field was inserted.
12 .uno%3AModifyField 2a Edits the properties of an inserted field.
23 sd%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_FIELD_MODIFY 2a Edits the properties of an inserted field.
2b sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_FIELD_MODIFY%3ALB_FORMAT 26 Select a display format for the field.
10 .uno%3AShowRuler 4a Displays or hides rulers at the top and at the left edge of the workspace.
1b .uno%3ACommonTaskBarVisible 1b Common commands for slides.
19 .uno%3ANormalMultiPaneGUI 42 Switches to normal view where you can create and edit your slides.
12 SD_HID_SD_BTN_DRAW 42 Switches to normal view where you can create and edit your slides.
f .uno%3APageMenu 34 Opens a submenu with commands for the current slide.
12 .uno%3ADrawingMode 42 Switches to normal view where you can create and edit your slides.
1b .uno%3ADisplayMasterObjects 46 When enabled, the current slide shows the objects of the slide master.
1e .uno%3ADisplayMasterBackground 51 When enabled, the current slide shows the background picture of the slide master.
17 .uno%3ASelectBackground bb Opens a file dialog to select a picture. The picture will be scaled and inserted on the background of the current slide master. Use Format - Slide/Page - Background to remove the picture.
12 .uno%3AOutlineMode 59 Switches to outline view where you can reorder slides and edit slide titles and headings.
15 SD_HID_SD_BTN_OUTLINE 59 Switches to outline view where you can reorder slides and edit slide titles and headings.
13 SD_HID_SD_BTN_SLIDE 2a Displays miniature versions of the slides.
e .uno%3ADiaMode 2a Displays miniature versions of the slides.
13 SD_HID_SD_BTN_NOTES 44 Switches to notes page view, where you can add notes to your slides.
10 .uno%3ANotesMode 44 Switches to notes page view, where you can add notes to your slides.
12 .uno%3AHandoutMode 63 Switches to the handout master page, where you can scale several slides to fit on one printed page.
15 SD_HID_SD_BTN_HANDOUT 63 Switches to the handout master page, where you can scale several slides to fit on one printed page.
13 .uno%3APresentation 17 Starts your slide show.
1a SD_HID_SD_BTN_PRESENTATION 17 Starts your slide show.
18 SD_HID_SD_BTN_MASTERPAGE 7e Switches to one of several master views, where you can add elements that you want to appear on all of the slides in your show.
11 .uno%3AMasterPage 7e Switches to one of several master views, where you can add elements that you want to appear on all of the slides in your show.
17 .uno%3ADeleteMasterPage 57 Select a slide master and click this icon to remove the slide master from the document.
17 .uno%3ARenameMasterPage 45 Select a slide master and click this icon to rename the slide master.
16 .uno%3ACloseMasterPage 1d Closes the slide master view.
16 .uno%3ASlideMasterPage 93 Switches to slide master view, where you can add elements that you want to appear on all of the slides in your show that use the same slide master.
17 .uno%3AInsertMasterPage 7d Inserts a new slide master into the document. Double-click the new slide master on the Slides pane to apply it to all slides.
16 .uno%3ANotesMasterPage 4e Displays the notes master, where you can set the default formatting for notes.
14 .uno%3AMasterLayouts 4c Add header, footer, date, and slide number placeholders to the slide master.
32 sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SD_DLG_MASTER_LAYOUT%3ACB_DATE 31 Adds a date/time placeholder to the slide master.
34 sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SD_DLG_MASTER_LAYOUT%3ACB_HEADER 38 Adds a header placeholder to the slide master for notes.
34 sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SD_DLG_MASTER_LAYOUT%3ACB_FOOTER 2e Adds a footer placeholder to the slide master.
39 sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SD_DLG_MASTER_LAYOUT%3ACB_PAGE_NUMBER 34 Adds a slide number placeholder to the slide master.
3b sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ACB_NOTONTITLE 54 Does not display your specified information on the first slide of your presentation.
3f sd%3AListBox%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ACB_DATETIME_FORMAT 5a Displays the date and time that the slide was created. Select a date format from the list.
16 .uno%3AHeaderAndFooter 5b Adds or changes text in placeholders at the top and the bottom of slides and slide masters.
39 sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ACB_DATETIME 24 Adds the date and time to the slide.
3d sd%3APushButton%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ABT_APPLYTOALL 67 Applies the settings to all the slides in your presentation, including the corresponding slide masters.
39 sd%3AEdit%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ATB_HEADER_FIXED 35 Adds the text that you enter to the top of the slide.
37 sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ACB_FOOTER 4f Adds the text that you enter in the Footer text box to the bottom of the slide.
41 sd%3AListBox%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ACB_DATETIME_LANGUAGE 31 Select the language for the date and time format.
37 sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ACB_HEADER 4c Adds the text that you enter in the Header text box to the top of the slide.
3b sd%3AEdit%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ATB_DATETIME_FIXED 3a Displays the date and time that you enter in the text box.
38 sd%3APushButton%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ABT_APPLY 34 Applies the current settings to the selected slides.
39 sd%3AEdit%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ATB_FOOTER_FIXED 38 Adds the text that you enter to the bottom of the slide.
42 sd%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ARB_DATETIME_FIXED 3a Displays the date and time that you enter in the text box.
46 sd%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ARB_DATETIME_AUTOMATIC 5a Displays the date and time that the slide was created. Select a date format from the list.
3c sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SD_TABPAGE_HEADERFOOTER%3ACB_SLIDENUMBER 29 Adds the slide number or the page number.
17 .uno%3AInsertPageNumber 29 Adds the slide number or the page number.
18 .uno%3AInsertDateAndTime 24 Adds the date and time to the slide.
1d .uno%3AOutputQualityGrayscale 2a Shows slides in shades of black and white.
1e .uno%3AOutputQualityBlackWhite 34 Shows slides in pure black or white without shading.
19 .uno%3AOutputQualityColor 16 Shows slides in color.
11 .uno%3AInsertPage 31 Inserts a page after the currently selected page.
2e sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_INSERT_LAYER%3ACBX_VISIBLE 17 Show or hide the layer.
12 .uno%3AInsertLayer 57 Inserts a new layer in the document. Layers are only available in Draw, not in Impress.
27 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_INSERT_LAYER%3AEDT_NAME 1f Enter a name for the new layer.
2d sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_INSERT_LAYER%3ACBX_LOCKED 30 Prevent elements on the layer from being edited.
30 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_INSERT_LAYER%3ACBX_PRINTABLE 35 When printing, print or ignore this particular layer.
2f sd%3AImageRadioButton%3ADLG_SNAPLINE%3ARB_POINT 15 Inserts a snap point.
2b sd%3AMetricField%3ADLG_SNAPLINE%3AMTR_FLD_X 60 Enter the amount of space you want between the snap point or line and the left edge of the page.
34 sd%3AImageRadioButton%3ADLG_SNAPLINE%3ARB_HORIZONTAL 1f Inserts a horizontal snap line.
32 sd%3AImageRadioButton%3ADLG_SNAPLINE%3ARB_VERTICAL 1d Inserts a vertical snap line.
13 .uno%3ACapturePoint 62 Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.
2b sd%3AMetricField%3ADLG_SNAPLINE%3AMTR_FLD_Y 5f Enter the amount of space you want between the snap point or line and the top edge of the page.
11 .uno%3AInsertRows 95 Inserts a new row above the active cell. The number of rows inserted correspond to the number of rows selected. The existing rows are moved downward.
2b sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_SNAPLINE%3ABTN_DELETE 2d Deletes the selected snap point or snap line.
12 .uno%3ASetSnapItem 66 Sets the position of the selected snap point or snap line relative to the top left corner of the page.
15 .uno%3ADeleteSnapItem 2d Deletes the selected snap point or snap line.
14 .uno%3AInsertColumns ae Inserts a new column to the left of the active cell. The number of columns inserted correspond to the number of columns selected. The existing columns are moved to the right.
18 .uno%3AInsertSpreadsheet 33 Inserts a new table into the current slide or page.
12 .uno%3AInsertTable 33 Inserts a new table into the current slide or page.
15 .uno%3AImportFromFile 87 Inserts a file into the active slide. You can insert $[officename] Draw or Impress files, or text from an HTML document or a text file.
39 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_INSERT_PAGES_OBJS%3ACBX_CHECK_MASTERS 25 Unused master pages are not inserted.
30 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_INSERT_PAGES_OBJS%3ACBX_LINK 6e Inserts a file or some file elements as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.
14 .uno%3ADuplicatePage 3c Inserts a copy of the current slide after the current slide.
11 .uno%3AExpandPage c1 Creates a new slide from every top-level outline point (text one level below the title text in the outline hierarchy) in the selected slide. The outline text becomes the title of the new slide.
12 .uno%3ASummaryPage a4 Creates a new slide that contains a bulleted list from the titles of the slides that follow the selected slide. The summary slide is inserted behind the last slide.
19 .uno%3AInsertDateFieldFix 61 Inserts the current date into your slide as a fixed field. The date is not automatically updated.
19 .uno%3AInsertDateFieldVar 79 Inserts the current date into your slide as a variable field. The date is automatically updated when you reload the file.
19 .uno%3AInsertTimeFieldFix 61 Inserts the current time into your slide as a fixed field. The time is not automatically updated.
19 .uno%3AInsertTimeFieldVar 79 Inserts the current time into your slide as a variable field. The time is automatically updated when you reload the file.
16 .uno%3AInsertPageField 37 Inserts the page number into the current slide or page.
18 .uno%3AInsertAuthorField 5d Inserts the first and last names listed in the $[officename] user data into the active slide.
16 .uno%3AInsertFileField 53 Inserts the name of the active file. The name only appears after you save the file.
12 .uno%3ATableDialog 6a Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, fonts, font effects, borders, and background.
15 SFX2_HID_TEMPLATE_FMT 26 Create, edit, apply and manage styles.
1a SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN c2 Applies the selected style to an object on your slide. Click the paint bucket icon and then click an object in your slide to apply the style. Click the paint bucket icon again to exit this mode.
21 SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE 72 Updates the Style selected in the Styles and Formatting window with the current formatting of the selected object.
10 .uno%3AListStyle 35 Show styles used in %PRODUCTNAME Impress AutoLayouts.
10 .uno%3AParaStyle 46 Show styles for formatting graphical elements, including text objects.
1e SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE 45 Creates a new style using the format attributes of a selected object.
11 .uno%3ADeleteRows 2b Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.
2e sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PRESLT%3ACBX_CHECK_MASTERS 53 Deletes unreferenced background slides and presentation layouts from your document.
19 .uno%3APresentationLayout af Displays the Slide Design dialog, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.
2c sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PRESLT%3ACBX_MASTER_PAGE 5a Applies the background of the selected slide design to all of the slides in your document.
27 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PRESLT%3ABTN_LOAD 55 Displays the Load Slide Design dialog, where you can select additional slide designs.
2d sfx2%3AMultiLineEdit%3ADLG_NEW_FILE%3AED_DESC 27 Brief summary of the selected template.
2a sfx2%3AMoreButton%3ADLG_NEW_FILE%3ABT_MORE 43 Shows or hides a preview and the properties of a selected template.
2b sfx2%3AListBox%3ADLG_NEW_FILE%3ALB_TEMPLATE 38 Displays the templates for the selected design category.
25 sfx2%3AEdit%3ADLG_NEW_FILE%3AED_THEMA 55 Displays the subject of the template. Some templates are grouped together by subject.
2c sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_NEW_FILE%3ABTN_PREVIEW 23 Turns on a preview of the template.
28 sfx2%3AEdit%3ADLG_NEW_FILE%3AED_KEYWORDS 24 Displays the keywords for searching.
29 sfx2%3AListBox%3ADLG_NEW_FILE%3ALB_REGION 2f Displays the available slide design categories.
25 sfx2%3AEdit%3ADLG_NEW_FILE%3AED_TITLE 23 Displays the title of the template.
14 .uno%3ADeleteColumns 2e Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.
11 .uno%3AModifyPage 2e Opens the Slide Layout panel on the Task pane.
12 .uno%3ARenameLayer 19 Renames the active layer.
12 .uno%3AModifyLayer 2d Changes the properties of the selected layer.
36 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3ATSB_AUTOPOSH 42 Determines the optimal horizontal position for the dimension text.
3f cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3AMTR_FLD_HELPLINE_DIST cc Specifies the length of the right and left guides starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guides above the dimension line and negative values extend the guides below the dimension line.
36 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3ATSB_AUTOPOSV 40 Determines the optimal vertical position for the dimension text.
3f cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3AMTR_FLD_HELPLINE2_LEN c0 Specifies the length of the right guide starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guide below the dimension line and negative values extend the guide above the dimension line.
43 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3AMTR_FLD_HELPLINE_OVERHANG ce Specifies the length of the left and right guides starting at the baseline (line distance = 0). Positive values extend the guides above the baseline and negative values extend the guides below the baseline.
37 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3ATSB_SHOW_UNIT 79 Shows or hides the dimension measurement units. You can also select a measurement unit you want to display from the list.
18 .uno%3AMeasureAttributes 54 Changes the length, measurement and guide properties of the selected dimension line.
2d cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3ALB_UNIT 79 Shows or hides the dimension measurement units. You can also select a measurement unit you want to display from the list.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3AMTR_LINE_DIST 57 Specifies the distance between the dimension line and the baseline (line distance = 0).
3f cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3AMTR_FLD_DECIMALPLACES 4f Specifies the number of decimal places used for the display of line properties.
36 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3ATSB_PARALLEL 45 Displays the text parallel to or at 90 degrees to the dimension line.
1c CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_POSITION 60 Determines the position of the dimension text with respect to the dimension line and the guides.
3f cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3AMTR_FLD_HELPLINE1_LEN bf Specifies the length of the left guide starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guide below the dimension line and negative values extend the guide above the dimension line.
3c cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MEASURE%3ATSB_BELOW_REF_EDGE 2d Reverses the properties set in the Line area.
11 .uno%3ANewRouting 2b Resets the line skew values to the default.
1a .uno%3AConnectorAttributes 23 Sets the properties of a connector.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CONNECTION%3AMTR_FLD_LINE_3 1e Enter a skew value for Line 3.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CONNECTION%3AMTR_FLD_LINE_2 1e Enter a skew value for Line 2.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CONNECTION%3AMTR_FLD_LINE_1 1e Enter a skew value for Line 1.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CONNECTION%3ALB_TYPE 31 Lists the types of connectors that are available.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CONNECTION%3AMTR_FLD_VERT_2 48 Enter the amount of vertical space you want at the end of the connector.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CONNECTION%3AMTR_FLD_HORZ_2 4a Enter the amount of horizontal space you want at the end of the connector.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CONNECTION%3AMTR_FLD_VERT_1 4e Enter the amount of vertical space you want at the beginning of the connector.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CONNECTION%3AMTR_FLD_HORZ_1 50 Enter the amount of horizontal space you want at the beginning of the connector.
13 .uno%3ABeforeObject 9c Changes the stacking order by moving the selected object in front of an object that you specify. The screen location of the selected object does not change.
13 .uno%3ABehindObject 97 Changes the stacking order by moving the selected object behind an object that you specify. The screen location of the selected object does not change.
13 .uno%3AReverseOrder 34 Reverses the stacking order of the selected objects.
12 .uno%3AHyphenation 34 Turns hyphenation option for text objects on or off.
2b SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_PB_SLIDE_SHOW 2d Starts the slide show from the current slide.
32 SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_LB_SLIDE_TRANSITIONS 3f Oznaciti prelaz slajda koji zelite koristiti za oznaceni slajd.
25 SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_PB_PLAY 22 Pokazuje preklaz trenutnog slajda.
2b SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_CB_LOOP_SOUND 3f Select to play the sound repeatedly until another sound starts.
2d SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_PB_APPLY_TO_ALL 57 Primjenjuje odabrani slajd prijelaz na sve slajdove u prezentaciji trenutnog dokumenta.
33 SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_MF_ADVANCE_AUTO_AFTER 9a Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.
a .uno%3ADia 54 Definise specijale efekte koji se pojavljuju prilikom prikazivanja oznacenog slajda.
26 SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_LB_SPEED 20 Postavlja brzinu prelaza slajda.
2d SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_CB_AUTO_PREVIEW 3a Odabrati za pregled prelaza slajda automatski u dokumentu.
f .uno%3ADiaSpeed 20 Postavlja brzinu prelaza slajda.
18 .uno%3ASlideChangeWindow 54 Definise specijale efekte koji se pojavljuju prilikom prikazivanja oznacenog slajda.
2d SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_RB_ADVANCE_AUTO 9a Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.
26 SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_LB_SOUND 3d Lista zvukova koji se mogu pojaviti tjekom prelaska slajdova.
31 SD_HID_SD_SLIDETRANSITIONPANE_RB_ADVANCE_ON_MOUSE 34 Odaberite za prelaz na slijedeci slajd na klik misa.
30 sd%3ARadioButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ARBT_GROUP 9d Okuplja slike u jedan objekt, tako da oni mogu biti premješteni kao grupu. Još uvijek možete urediti pojedine objekte dvostrukim klikom na grupu u slajdu.
32 sd%3AImageButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ABTN_REVERSE 31 Pomjera sejednu sliku unazad u animacijskom nizu.
35 sd%3AImageButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ABTN_REMOVE_ALL 1c Brise sve slike u animaciji.
17 .uno%3AAnimationObjects 30 Creates a custom animation on the current slide.
38 sd%3AImageButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ABTN_REMOVE_BITMAP 27 Brise trenutnu sliku iz niza animacija.
2f sd%3AImageButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ABTN_PLAY 14 Plays the animation.
39 sd%3AImageButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ABTN_GET_ONE_OBJECT 2e Dodaje oznacene objekte kao pojedinacne slike.
36 sd%3APushButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ABTN_CREATE_GROUP 23 Iubaci animaciju na trenutni slajd.
2f sd%3AImageButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ABTN_STOP 1c Stops playing the animation.
30 sd%3AListBox%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ALB_ADJUSTMENT 1c Poravnava slike u animaciji.
36 sd%3ANumericField%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ANUM_FLD_BITMAP 36 Indicira poziciju trenutne slike u animacfijskom nizu.
31 sd%3ARadioButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ARBT_BITMAP 1d Kombinira vise slika u jednu.
30 sd%3AListBox%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ALB_LOOP_COUNT 35 Postavlja broj koliko ce puta animacija biti pustena.
30 sd%3AImageButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ABTN_FIRST 2b Preskace na prvu sliku u animacijskom nizu.
3a sd%3AImageButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ABTN_GET_ALL_OBJECTS 27 Dodaje sliku za svaki oznaceni objekat.
2f sd%3ATimeField%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ATIME_FIELD 8d Izaberi trajanje prikazivanja pojedinacne slike. Ova opcija je dostupna samo ako izaberete Bitmap object option in the Animation group polje.
2f sd%3AImageButton%3AFLT_WIN_ANIMATION%3ABTN_LAST 31 Preskace na posljednju sliku u animacijskom nizu.
2a SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PB_MOVE_DOWN 56 Click one of the buttons to move the selected animation effect up or down in the list.
28 SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PB_MOVE_UP 56 Click one of the buttons to move the selected animation effect up or down in the list.
2c SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_CB_AUTOPREVIEW 3e Oznaci za pregled dodatih efekata na slajd dok ih pridruzujes.
2b SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PB_SLIDE_SHOW 2d Starts the slide show from the current slide.
13 .uno%3AEffectWindow 24 Pridruzi efekte oznacenim objektima.
16 .uno%3ACustomAnimation 24 Pridruzi efekte oznacenim objektima.
2e SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PB_REMOVE_EFFECT 34 Uklanja oznaceni efekat animacije sa liste efekata..
2b SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PB_ADD_EFFECT 6d Opens the Custom Animation dialogue box to add another animation effect for the selected object on the slide.
2e SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PB_CHANGE_EFFECT 74 Opens the Custom Animation dialogue box to change the animation effect for the selected entry on the animation list.
25 SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PB_PLAY 33 Plays the selected animation effect in the preview.
26 SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_CB_SPEED 39 Odredjuje duzinu trajanja oznacenog efekta ili animacije.
26 SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_LB_START 3d Displays the start property of the selected animation effect.
29 SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_LB_PROPERTY a1 Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the ... button to open the Effect Options dialogue box, with which you can select and apply properties.
27 sd%3AEdit%3ATP_ANIMATION%3AEDT_BOOKMARK 2b Uneite ime objekta ili slajda koji trazite.
17 .uno%3AAnimationEffects 51 Defines how the selected object behaves when you click on it during a slide show.
27 sd%3AListBox%3ATP_ANIMATION%3ALB_ACTION 5a Specifies the action that will run when you click the selected object during a slide show.
29 sd%3APushButton%3ATP_ANIMATION%3ABTN_SEEK 2b Searches for the specified slide or object.
17 SD_HID_CTL_ACTION_DLG_1 35 Lists the slides and the objects that you can target.
27 sd%3AEdit%3ATP_ANIMATION%3AEDT_DOCUMENT 51 Enter a path to the file you want to open, or click Potraži  to locate the file.
26 sd%3AEdit%3ATP_ANIMATION%3AEDT_PROGRAM 5d Unesite putanju programa koji zelite pokrenuti, ili kliknite Potraži  za lociranje programa.
17 SD_HID_CTL_ACTION_DLG_2 97 Opens and displays a file during a slide show. If you select a $[officename] file as the target document, you can also specify the page that will open.
24 sd%3AEdit%3ATP_ANIMATION%3AEDT_MACRO 52 Enter a path to the macro you want to run, or click Potraži  to locate the macro.
24 sd%3AEdit%3ATP_ANIMATION%3AEDT_SOUND 57 Enter a path to the sound file you want to open, or click Potraži  to locate the file.
2b sd%3APushButton%3ATP_ANIMATION%3ABTN_SEARCH 21 Locate the file you want to open.
35 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ACBX_AUTOLOGO 30 Prokazuje $[officename] llogo na pauznom slajdu.
39 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ACBX_MOUSEPOINTER 2b Pokazuje pointer misa tjerkom preyentacije.
34 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ARBT_AUTO 8c Restartuje slajd sou nakon pauze kojui ste naveli. Pauya saljd je prikazan izmedju finalnog i pocetnog slajda. Pritisnite Esc tipku za kraj.
35 sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ALB_CUSTOMSHOW 59 Runs a custom slide show in the order that you defined in Slide Show - Custom Slide Show.
3e sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ACBX_ANIMATION_ALLOWED 26 Runs animations during the slide show.
3a sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ACBX_ALWAYS_ON_TOP 85 The $[officename] window remains on top during the presentation. No other program will show its window in front of your presentation.
36 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ARBT_AT_DIA 24 Enter the number of the start slide.
33 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ACBX_MANUEL 3e Kada je ovo oznaceno slajdovi se nikad ne mjanjaju automatski.
33 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ARBT_ALL 29 Ukljucuje sve slajdove u vasem slajd sou.
2f sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ALB_DIAS 24 Enter the number of the start slide.
1b SD_HID_SD_SLIDESHOW_DISPLAY 38 Select a monitor to use for full screen slide show mode.
38 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ACBX_CHANGE_PAGE 47 Advances to the next slide when you click on the background of a slide.
30 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ACBX_PEN 69 Promjene pokazivač miša na olovku koju možete koristiti za crtanje na slajdovima tijekom prezentacije.
38 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ARBT_STANDARD 1d A full screen slide is shown.
3a sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ARBT_CUSTOMSHOW 59 Runs a custom slide show in the order that you defined in Slide Show - Custom Slide Show.
33 sd%3ATimeField%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ATMF_PAUSE 7a Unesite trajanje pauze prije ponavljanja slajda. Ako uneste nulu, sou se automatsi ponavlja bez prikazivanja pauya slajda.
36 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ACBX_NAVIGATOR 2d Displays the Navigator during the slide show.
36 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_START_PRESENTATION%3ARBT_WINDOW 34 Slide show runs in the $[officename] program window.
19 .uno%3APresentationDialog 99 Defines settings for your slide show, including which slide to start from, the way you advance the slides, the type of presentation, and pointer options.
30 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_CUSTOMSHOW%3ABTN_STARTSHOW 6c Runs the slide show. Ensure that Use Custom Slide Show is selected if you want to run a custom presentation.
2e sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_CUSTOMSHOW%3ALB_CUSTOMSHOWS 30 Lists the custom slide shows that are available.
17 .uno%3ACustomShowDialog bf Definise custom slide show koristeci slajdove unutar trenutne prezentacije. Mozete izabrati slajdove koji zadovoljavaju potrebe korisnika. MOzete kreirati onoliko slajdova koliko je potrebno.
33 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_CUSTOMSHOW%3ACBX_USE_CUSTOMSHOW 6e Pokrece custom slide show koji ste odabrali kada kliknete na Pokreni. Inace, cijela prezentacija je prikazana.
2b sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_CUSTOMSHOW%3ABTN_EDIT 5b Add, remove or reorder slides as well as change the name of the selected custom slide show.
2b sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_CUSTOMSHOW%3ABTN_COPY 54 Kreira kopiju oynacenog custom slide show. Mozete mjenajti ime klikanjem naIzmijeni.
2a sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_CUSTOMSHOW%3ABTN_NEW 5b Add, remove or reorder slides as well as change the name of the selected custom slide show.
2c sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_DEFINE_CUSTOMSHOW%3AEDT_NAME 52 Displays the name of the custom slide show. If you want, you can enter a new name.
34 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_DEFINE_CUSTOMSHOW%3ABTN_REMOVE 85 Removes a slide from the Selected slides list. You need to choose a slide in the Selected slides list before you can use this button.
20 SD_HID_DLG_DEFINE_CUSTOMSHOW_CTL 86 Lists all of the slides in the custom slide show. If you want, you can change the order of the list by dragging the slides up or down.
34 sd%3AMultiListBox%3ADLG_DEFINE_CUSTOMSHOW%3ALB_PAGES 52 Lists all of the slides in the order in which they appear in the current document.
31 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_DEFINE_CUSTOMSHOW%3ABTN_ADD 98 Adds an existing slide to the bottom of the Selected slides list. You need to select a slide in the Existing slides list before you can use this button.
13 .uno%3AChangeBezier 30 Converts the selected object to a Bézier curve.
2f sd%3AMetricField%3ADLG_VECTORIZE%3AMT_FILLHOLES 38 Enter the size of the rectangle for the background fill.
2c sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_VECTORIZE%3ACB_FILLHOLES 3a Fills the color gaps caused by applying a point reduction.
2d sd%3ANumericField%3ADLG_VECTORIZE%3ANM_LAYERS 91 Enter the number of colors to be displayed in the converted image. $[officename] generates a polygon for each occurrence of a color in the image.
2c sd%3AMetricField%3ADLG_VECTORIZE%3AMT_REDUCE 47 Removes color polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.
14 .uno%3AChangePolygon 56 Converts the selected object to a polygon (a closed object bounded by straight lines).
2d sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_VECTORIZE%3ABTN_PREVIEW 3a Previews the converted image without applying the changes.
14 .uno%3AConvertInto3D 40 Converts the selected object to a three-dimensional (3D) object.
1d .uno%3AConvertInto3DLatheFast 5b Creates a three-dimensional shape by rotating the selected object around its vertical axis.
18 .uno%3AConvertIntoBitmap 55 Converts the selected object to a bitmap (a grid of pixels that represents an image).
1a .uno%3AConvertIntoMetaFile 6e Converts the selected object to Windows Metafile Format (WMF), containing both bitmap and vector graphic data.
19 .uno%3Aconvert_to_contour 42 Converts the selected object to a polygon, or a group of polygons.
e .uno%3ACombine 3a Combines two or more selected objects into a single shape.
10 .uno%3ADismantle 31 Splits a combined object into individual objects.
e .uno%3AConnect 6e Creates a line or Bézier curve by connecting two or more lines, Bézier curves, or other objects with a line.
c .uno%3ABreak 33 Breaks apart lines joined with the Connect command.
c .uno%3AMerge 8f Adds the area of the selected objects to the area of the lowermost object in the selection. This command is best used with overlapping objects.
10 .uno%3ASubstract 51 Subtracts the area of the selected objects from the area of the lowermost object.
10 .uno%3AIntersect 42 Creates a shape from the overlapping area of the selected objects.
35 SD_LISTBOX_RID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_ENTRANCE_LB_EFFECTS 2b Select an effect and click OK to assign it.
3a sd%3AComboBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_ENTRANCE%3ACB_SPEED 41 Specifies the speed or duration of the selected animation effect.
3d sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_ENTRANCE%3ACBX_PREVIEW 35 Select to preview new or edited effects on the slide.
2e SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PB_PROPERTY_MORE 57 Specifies additional properties for the selected element in the Custom Animations pane.
42 sd%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_EFFECT%3APB_SOUND_PREVIEW 1e Plays the selected sound file.
40 sd%3AMetricField%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_EFFECT%3AMF_TEXT_DELAY 49 Specifies the percentage of delay between animations of words or letters.
3b sd%3AListBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_EFFECT%3ACLB_DIMCOLOR 15 Select the dim color.
3e sd%3AListBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_EFFECT%3ALB_AFTER_EFFECT 61 Select a color to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list
3b sd%3AListBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_EFFECT%3ALB_TEXT_ANIM 3b Select the animation mode for the text of the current shape
37 sd%3AListBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_EFFECT%3ALB_SOUND 45 Select a sound from the Gallery or select one of the special entries.
3d sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_EFFECT%3ACB_SMOOTH_END 53 Enable this option to assign a gradually decreasing speed to the end of the effect.
3f sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_EFFECT%3ACB_SMOOTH_START 55 Enable this option to assign a gradually increasing speed to the start of the effect.
2f SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PRESETPROPERTYBOX 27 Specifies the direction for the effect.
39 sd%3ACheckbox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_TEXT%3ACBX_REVERSE 29 Animates the paragraphs in reverse order.
3e sd%3ACheckbox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_TEXT%3ACBX_ANIMATE_FORM 3a Deselect this box to animate only the text, not the shape.
3c sd%3ACheckbox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_TEXT%3ACBX_GROUP_AUTO 67 If "Group text - By 1st level paragraphs" is selected, the paragraphs are animated one after the other.
3e sd%3AMetricField%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_TEXT%3AMF_GROUP_AUTO 46 Enter an additional delay in seconds to animate subsequent paragraphs.
3a sd%3AListBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_TEXT%3ALB_GROUP_TEXT 2e Specifies how multiple paragraphs are animated
3b sd%3AComboBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_DURATION%3ACB_REPEAT 37 Specifies whether and how to repeat the current effect.
3b sd%3AListBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_DURATION%3ALB_TRIGGER 2f Select the shape by its name from the list box.
43 sd%3ARadioButton%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_DURATION%3ARB_INTERACTIVE 4f Specifies whether to let the animation start when a specified shape is clicked.
45 sd%3ARadioButton%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_DURATION%3ARB_CLICKSEQUENCE 4a Specifies whether to let the animation start in the normal click sequence.
3c sd%3ACheckBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_DURATION%3ACBX_REWIND 62 Specifies whether to let the animated shape return to its starting state after the animation ends.
39 sd%3AListBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_DURATION%3ALB_START 3d Displays the start property of the selected animation effect.
43 sd%3AMetricField%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_DURATION%3AMF_START_DELAY 43 Specifies an additional delay of n seconds until the effect starts.
3d sd%3AComboBox%3ARID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_DURATION%3ACB_DURATION 25 Specifies the duration of the effect.
16 .uno%3ALeftPaneImpress 23 Switches the Slide Pane on and off.
13 .uno%3ALeftPaneDraw 23 Switches the Slide Pane on and off.
1f SD_HID_SD_TASK_PANE_PREVIEW_ALL 4d Left-click to apply the master page to all slides. Right-click for a submenu.
23 SD_HID_SD_TASK_PANE_PREVIEW_CURRENT 4d Left-click to apply the master page to all slides. Right-click for a submenu.
23 SD_HID_SD_TASK_PANE_PREVIEW_LAYOUTS 50 Click to apply a slide design to all selected slides. Right-click for a submenu.
14 SC_HID_SC_DPLAY_DATA 8f Opens the Master Pages tab page, where you apply a master page (background) to all slides (left-click) or to the selected slides (right-click).
16 SD_HID_SD_TABLE_DESIGN 45 Opens the Table Design. Double-click a preview to insert a new table.
1f .uno%3ATaskPaneShowLargePreview 28 Resizes the preview of the master pages.
24 .uno%3ATaskPaneApplyToSelectedSlides 43 Applies the master page or the slide design to the selected slides.
10 .uno%3ARightPane 37 Switches the %PRODUCTNAME Impress task pane on and off.
19 SD_HID_SD_CURRENT_MASTERS 26 Lists the currently used master pages.
1b SD_HID_SD_SLIDE_TRANSITIONS 5f Opens the Slide Transition tab page, where you apply transition effects to the selected slides.
22 SD_HID_SD_TASK_PANE_PREVIEW_RECENT 4d Left-click to apply the master page to all slides. Right-click for a submenu.
12 .uno%3ATableDesign 45 Opens the Table Design. Double-click a preview to insert a new table.
1f .uno%3ATaskPaneShowSmallPreview 28 Resizes the preview of the master pages.
1b SD_HID_SD_CUSTOM_ANIMATIONS 60 Opens the Custom Animation tab page, where you apply effects to the selected objects on a slide.
18 SD_HID_SD_RECENT_MASTERS 25 Lists the recently used master pages.
1f .uno%3ATaskPaneApplyToAllSlides 26 Applies the master page to all slides.
17 SD_HID_SD_SLIDE_DESIGNS 5b Opens the Layouts tab page, where you apply a slide design to the selected slide or slides.
15 SD_HID_SD_ALL_MASTERS 21 Lists all available master pages.
10 .uno%3AHideSlide 49 Hides the selected slide so that it is not displayed during a slide show.
12 .uno%3APagesPerRow 46 Enter the number of slides to display on each row in the Slide Sorter.
10 .uno%3ADiaEffect 4c Select the transition effect that appears before the current slide is shown.
e .uno%3ADiaTime 58 Enter the amount of time before the slide show automatically advances to the next slide.
16 .uno%3ARehearseTimings 3a Starts a slide show with a timer in the lower left corner.
f .uno%3APosition 50 Displays the X and Y position of the cursor and the size of the selected object.
11 .uno%3APageStatus 49 Displays the current slide number followed by the total number of slides.
12 .uno%3AZoomPanning 30 Moves the slide within the $[officename] window.
12 .uno%3AZoomObjects 36 Resizes the display to fit the object(s) you selected.
f .uno%3AZoomNext 2f Undoes the action of the Previous Zoom command.
14 .uno%3AZoomPageWidth 63 Displays the complete width of the slide. The top and bottom edges of the slide may not be visible.
d .uno%3AZoomIn 2c Displays the slide at half its current size.
f .uno%3AZoomPlus 31 Displays the slide at two times its current size.
12 .uno%3AZoomToolBox 7a Reduces or enlarges the screen display of the current document. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Zoom toolbar.
13 .uno%3AZoomPrevious 49 Returns the display of the slide to the previous zoom factor you applied.
f .uno%3AZoomPage 29 Displays the entire slide on your screen.
15 .uno%3AZoom100Percent 26 Displays the slide at its actual size.
12 .uno%3AZoomOptimal 3f Resizes the display to include all of the objects on the slide.
d .uno%3AMirror ff Flips the selected object(s) around a flip line, that you can drag to anywhere on the slide. Drag a handle of the object(s) across the flip line to flip the object(s). To change the orientation of the flip line, drag one of its end points to new location.
12 .uno%3ACrookRotate 96 Distorts the selected object by wrapping it around imaginary circles, and then adding perspective. Drag a handle of the selected object to distort it.
19 .uno%3AConvertInto3DLathe 64 Converts the selected 2D object(s) to a 3D object, by rotating the object(s) around a symmetry line.
13 .uno%3AAdvancedMode 42 Modifies the shape, orientation or fill of the selected object(s).
c .uno%3AShear 45 Lets you drag the handles of the selected object to change its shape.
1a .uno%3AInteractiveGradient 94 Modifies the gradient fill of the selected object. This command is only available if you applied a gradient to the selected object in Format - Area.
11 .uno%3ACrookSlant 79 Distorts the selected object by wrapping it around imaginary circles. Drag a handle of the selected object to distort it.
1e .uno%3AInteractiveTransparence 37 Applies a transparency gradient to the selected object.
1a .uno%3AGlueVertAlignBottom 61 When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the bottom edge of the object.
1a .uno%3AGlueVertAlignCenter 65 When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the vertical center of the object.
16 .uno%3AGlueInsertPoint 31 Inserts a gluepoint where you click in an object.
12 .uno%3AGluePercent 52 Maintains the relative position of a selected gluepoint when you resize an object.
1d .uno%3AGlueEscapeDirectionTop 3d Connector attaches to the top edge of the selected gluepoint.
18 .uno%3AGlueHorzAlignLeft 5f When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the left edge of the object.
20 .uno%3AGlueEscapeDirectionBottom 40 Connector attaches to the bottom edge of the selected gluepoint.
1f .uno%3AGlueEscapeDirectionRight 3f Connector attaches to the right edge of the selected gluepoint.
1e .uno%3AGlueEscapeDirectionLeft 3e Connector attaches to the left edge of the selected gluepoint.
17 .uno%3AGlueVertAlignTop 5e When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the top edge of the object.
19 .uno%3AGlueHorzAlignRight 60 When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the right edge of the object.
1a .uno%3AGlueHorzAlignCenter 5c When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the center of the object.
20 .uno%3AVerticalTextFitToSizeTool e6 Draws a text frame with vertical text direction where you click or drag in the current document. The text that you enter is automatically resized to fit the dimensions of the frame. (Enable Asian text support to enable this icon).
12 .uno%3ATextToolbox 4c The Text toolbar contains some icons to enter different types of text boxes.
b .uno%3AText 83 Draws a text box where you click or drag in the current document. Click anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text.
18 .uno%3ATextFitToSizeTool 99 Draws a text box where you click or drag in the current document. The text that you enter is automatically resized to fit the dimensions of the text box.
14 .uno%3ARect_Unfilled ca Draws an empty rectangle where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rectangle, and drag to the size you want. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.
15 .uno%3ASquare_Rounded e4 Draws a rounded square with a fill where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rounded square, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rounded rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.
1e .uno%3ASquare_Rounded_Unfilled df Draws an empty rounded square where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rounded square, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rounded rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3ASquare_Unfilled c7 Draws an empty square where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the square, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.
d .uno%3ASquare c7 Draws a filled square where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the square, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.
17 .uno%3ARectangleToolbox 3c Using Customize Toolbar, you can add the Rectangles toolbar.
13 .uno%3ARect_Rounded e7 Draws a rounded rectangle with a fill where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rounded rectangle, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rounded square, hold down Shift while you drag.
1c .uno%3ARect_Rounded_Unfilled e2 Draws an empty rounded rectangle where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rounded rectangle, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rounded square, hold down Shift while you drag.
10 .uno%3ACirclePie 182 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and two radius lines in the current document. To draw a circle pie, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
1a .uno%3AEllipseCut_Unfilled 1a8 Draws an empty shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and a diameter line in the current document. To draw an ellipse segment, drag an ellipse to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the ellipse. To draw a circle segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3AEllipseCut 1a8 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and a diameter line in the current document. To draw an ellipse segment, drag an ellipse to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the ellipse. To draw a circle segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
19 .uno%3ACirclePie_Unfilled 182 Draws an empty shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and two radius lines in the current document. To draw a circle pie, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
10 .uno%3ACircleArc 164 Draws an arc that is based on a circle in the current document. To draw an arc, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the arc. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an arc that is based on an ellipse, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3ACircle_Unfilled b9 Draws an empty circle where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the circle, and drag to the size you want. To draw an ellipse, hold down Shift while you drag.
19 .uno%3ACircleCut_Unfilled 1b9 Draws an empty shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw a segment that is based on an ellipse, hold down Shift while you drag.
13 .uno%3APie_Unfilled 17e Draws an empty shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
15 .uno%3AEllipseToolbox 60 Using Customize Toolbar, you can add the Ellipse icon which opens the Circles and Ovals toolbar.
17 .uno%3AEllipse_Unfilled b3 Draws an empty oval where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the oval, and drag to the size you want. To draw a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
d .uno%3ACircle b9 Draws a filled circle where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the circle, and drag to the size you want. To draw an ellipse, hold down Shift while you drag.
f .uno%3AFreeline 108 Draws a freeform line where you drag in the slide. When you release, $[officename] creates a closed shape by drawing a straight line segment from the endpoint to the starting point of the line. The shape within the lines will be filled with the current area color.
e .uno%3APolygon 182 Draws a closed shape consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Diagonal 1be Draws a closed shape consisting of straight line segments that are constrained by angles of 45 degrees. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To draw a polygon that is not constrained to a 45 degree angle, hold down Shift when you click.
11 .uno%3ABezierFill 12c Draws a filled closed shape that is based on a Bézier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to close the shape.
1e .uno%3APolygon_Diagonal_Unfill 14b Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments, that are constrained by angles of 45 degree. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, hold down OptionAlt and double-click.
12 .uno%3ALineToolbox 73 The Curve icon on the Drawing bar opens the Lines toolbar, where you can add lines and shapes to the current slide.
e .uno%3AShell3D 9b Draws a bowl-shaped object that is based on a circle where you drag in the slide. To draw a shell that is based on an oval, hold down Shift while you drag.
c .uno%3ATorus 9b Draws a ring-shaped object that is based on a circle where you drag in the slide. To draw a torus that is based on an oval, hold down Shift while you drag.
b .uno%3ACone 8c Draws a cone that is based on a circle where you drag in the slide. To draw a cone that is based on an oval, hold down Shift while you drag.
f .uno%3ACylinder 94 Draws a cylinder that is based on a circle where you drag in the slide. To draw a cylinder that is based on an oval, hold down Shift while you drag.
17 .uno%3AObjects3DToolbox 6a Opens the 3D Objects toolbar. The objects are three dimensional, with depth, illumination, and reflection.
e .uno%3ACyramid 17f Draws a pyramid with a square base where you drag in the slide. To draw a pyramid with a rectangular base, hold down Shift while you drag. To define a different polygon for the base of the pyramid, open the 3D Effects dialog and click the Geometry tab. In the Segments area, enter the number of sides for the polygon in the box labeled Horizontal, and then click the green checkmark.
11 .uno%3AHalfSphere 79 Draws one half of a sphere where you drag in the slide. To draw a one half of a spheroid, hold down Shift while you drag.
d .uno%3ASphere 66 Draws a filled sphere where you drag in the slide. To draw a spheroid, hold down Shift while you drag.
b .uno%3ACube 68 Draws a filled cube where you drag in the slide. To draw a 3D rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.
1f .uno%3AConnectorCurveArrowStart 9b Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1e .uno%3AConnectorLineArrowStart 9d Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1b .uno%3AConnectorLineCircles 93 Draws a straight line connector with circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1e .uno%3AConnectorLinesCircleEnd 11a Draws a connector that ends with a circle and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
14 .uno%3AConnectorLine 79 Draws a straight line connector. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1c .uno%3AConnectorCurveCircles 91 Draws a curved line connector with circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1d .uno%3AConnectorCurveArrowEnd 95 Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
18 .uno%3AConnectorArrowEnd af Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
20 .uno%3AConnectorCurveCircleStart 9b Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
15 .uno%3AConnectorCurve 77 Draws a curved line connector. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1a .uno%3AConnectorLineArrows 92 Draws a straight line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1e .uno%3AConnectorCurveCircleEnd 95 Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1f .uno%3AConnectorLinesArrowStart 11c Draws a connector that starts with an arrow and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
1c .uno%3AConnectorLinesCircles 120 Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint and has circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
15 .uno%3AConnectorLines 103 Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
20 .uno%3AConnectorLinesCircleStart 11c Draws a connector that starts with a circle and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
1b .uno%3AConnectorCurveArrows 90 Draws a curved line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1d .uno%3AConnectorLinesArrowEnd 11a Draws a connector that ends with an arrow and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
17 .uno%3AConnectorToolbox fb Open the Connectors toolbar, where you can add connectors to objects in the current slide. A connector is a line that joins objects, and remains attached when the objects are moved. If you copy an object with a connector, the connector is also copied.
16 .uno%3AConnectorArrows aa Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1f .uno%3AConnectorLineCircleStart 9d Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
17 .uno%3AConnectorCircles ab Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1d .uno%3AConnectorLineCircleEnd 97 Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1b .uno%3AConnectorLinesArrows 11f Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint and has arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
1a .uno%3AConnectorArrowStart b5 Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1b .uno%3AConnectorCircleStart b5 Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1c .uno%3AConnectorLineArrowEnd 97 Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
10 .uno%3AConnector 92 Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
19 .uno%3AConnectorCircleEnd af Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
14 .uno%3AInsertToolbox 71 Open the Insert toolbar, where you can add objects, including charts, spreadsheets, and images, to your document.
14 .uno%3AArrowsToolbox 7f Open the Arrows toolbar, where you can add straight lines, lines with arrows, and dimension lines to the current slide or page.
15 .uno%3ALineArrowStart 9c Draws a straight line that starts with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3ALineArrowSquare b3 Draws a straight line that starts with an arrow and ends with a square where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
13 .uno%3ALineArrowEnd 9a Draws a straight line that ends with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
14 .uno%3ALine_Diagonal 42 Draws a straight line that is constrained by angles of 45 degrees.
16 .uno%3ALineArrowCircle b3 Draws a straight line that starts with an arrow and ends with a circle where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3ALineCircleArrow b3 Draws a straight line that starts with a circle and ends with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3ALineSquareArrow b3 Draws a straight line that starts with a square and ends with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3ALineArrows 9b Draws a straight line with arrows at both ends where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
12 .uno%3AMeasureLine 42 Draws a line that displays the dimension length bounded by guides.
19 .uno%3AOutlineCollapseAll e0 Hides all of the headings of the slides in the current slide show except for the titles of the slides. Hidden headings are indicated by a black line in front of a slide title. To show the headings, click the All Levels icon.
17 .uno%3AOutlineExpandAll b5 Displays the hidden headings of the slides in the current slide show. To hide all of the headings in the current slide show, except for the slide titles, click the First Level icon.
16 .uno%3AOutlineCollapse b5 Hides the subheadings of a selected heading. Hidden subheadings are indicated by a black line in front of a heading. To show the lower level headings, click the Show Subpoints icon.
14 .uno%3AOutlineExpand 80 Displays the hidden subheadings of a selected heading. To hide the subheadings of a selected heading, click Hide Subpoints icon.
14 .uno%3AOutlineFormat c3 Shows or hides the character formatting of the slide headings. To change the character formatting of a heading, open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click a style, and then choose Modify.
10 .uno%3AColorView 2a Shows your slides in black and white only.
13 .uno%3AGlueEditMode 81 Insert or modify the properties of a glue point. A glue point is a custom connection point where you can attach a connector line.
1a .uno%3AClickChangeRotation 75 Changes the mouse-click behavior, so that rotation handles appear after you click an object, and then click it again.
14 .uno%3AAnimationMode ba Plays a preview of an animation effect that is assigned to an object, when you click the object in the slide. To select an object for editing, hold down the OptionAlt key when you click.
11 .uno%3AActionMode b5 Runs a preview of the interaction that is assigned to an object, when you click the object in the slide. To select an object for editing, hold down the OptionAlt key when you click.
17 .uno%3AHelplinesVisible 6f Shows or hides snap lines so can you align objects on your slide. To remove a snap line, drag it off the slide.
1a .uno%3ADoubleClickTextEdit 5d Changes the mouse-click behavior, so that you can double-click an object to add or edit text.
12 .uno%3ASolidCreate 8e If this icon on the Options bar is activated, objects are shown with their attributes, but with 50% transparency, while you move or draw them.
15 .uno%3ALeaveAllGroups 2c Exits all groups and returns to normal view.
e .uno%3ARowMenu 2d Choose commands for the selected or all rows.
11 .uno%3AInsertRows c5 If currently no cell is selected, a new row will be inserted at the bottom of the table. If currently cells are selected, as many new rows as the selection has will be inserted below the selection.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 52 The selected cell is split into several cells. You see the Split Cells dialog box.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 6c Distributes the height of the selected or all rows to the same size. The height of the table is not changed.
33 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVX_NEWTABLE_DLG%3ANF_ROWS 2b Enter the number of rows for the new table.
11 .uno%3ADeleteRows 32 All rows of the current selection will be deleted.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 3f The cell contents are aligned vertically centered in the cells.
14 .uno%3ADeleteColumns 35 All columns of the current selection will be deleted.
36 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVX_NEWTABLE_DLG%3ANF_COLUMNS 2e Enter the number of columns for the new table.
12 .uno%3ASelectTable 1a Selects the current table.
11 .uno%3AColumnMenu 30 Choose commands for the selected or all columns.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 6d Distributes the width of the selected or all columns to the same size. The width of the table is not changed.
13 .uno%3AEntireColumn 9c If currently no cell is selected, all columns will be selected. If currently cells are selected, all columns containing the selected cells will be selected.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 39 The cell contents are aligned at the bottom of the cells.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 34 The cell contents are align at the top of the cells.
10 .uno%3AEntireRow 96 If currently no cell is selected, all rows will be selected. If currently cells are selected, all rows containing the selected cells will be selected.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 2c All selected cells are merged into one cell.
f .uno%3ACellMenu 55 Define the vertical alignment of selected or all cell contents. Split or merge cells.
15 .uno%3AAlignObjetMenu 29 Align the table within the page or slide.
14 .uno%3AInsertColumns d4 If currently no cell is selected, a new column will be inserted at the right border of the table. If currently cells are selected, as many new columns as the selection has will be inserted right of the selection.
f .uno%3AFileMenu 63 Ove komande se primjenjuju na aktualne dokumente, otvorite novi dokument, ili zatvorite aplikaciju.
f .uno%3AEditMenu 45 Ovaj meni sadrži naredbe za izmjenu sadržaja postojećeg dokumenta.
f .uno%3AViewMenu 47 Ovaj meni sadrži komande za kontrolisanje prikaza dokumenta na ekranu.
11 .uno%3AInsertMenu 9b This menu contains the commands that are used to insert new elements into the document, for example, graphics, objects, special characters and other files.
11 .uno%3AFormatMenu 4e Contains commands for formatting the layout and the contents of your document.
10 .uno%3AToolsMenu 9c Contains spelling tools, a gallery of object art that you can add to your document, as well as tools for configuring menus, and setting program preferences.
11 .uno%3AWindowList 41 Sadrži komande za manipulaciju i prikazivanje prozora dokumenta.
11 .uno%3AModifyMenu 39 Contains commands for modifying objects in your document.
14 .uno%3ASlideShowMenu 39 Contains commands and options for running a presentation.
d .uno%3AShrink 2b Reduces the font size of the selected text.
b .uno%3AGrow 2d Increases the font size of the selected text.
31 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3ABTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
2c starmath%3APushButton%3ARID_SYMBOLDIALOG%3A2 43 Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.
1c SFX2_HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
37 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_SPEC_FILTER%3ARB_COPY_AREA f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2f sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_TABOP%3ARB_ROWCELL f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
32 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3ARB_COPY_AREA f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2d sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_CUSTOMSHOW%3ABTN_REMOVE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
2c sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_COPY%3ABTN_SET_DEFAULT 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
31 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_AREAS%3ARB_REPEATCOL f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
34 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFADLG_OPTIONS_TREE%3APB_BACK 40 Resets modified values back to the $[officename] default values.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_PREVIOUS 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDPREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
39 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_COLROWNAMERANGES%3ABTN_REMOVE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
33 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_MODULS%3ARID_PB_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
30 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_DBNAMES%3ABTN_REMOVE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
17 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
31 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_AREAS%3ARB_PRINTAREA f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
37 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINEEND_DEF%3ABTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
2e sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_NAMES%3ARB_ASSIGN f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CREATE 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
3d cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3APB_DELABBREV 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
1b CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
2e sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_NAMES%3ABTN_REMOVE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
31 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_AREAS%3ARB_REPEATROW f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
34 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ABTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
34 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONDFORMAT%3ARB_COND3_2 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2a sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_BIB_BASE%3APB_DELETE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2b sw%3APushButton%3ATP_STD_FONT%3APB_STANDARD 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
11 WIZARDS_HID0_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
34 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3ABTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
34 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONDFORMAT%3ARB_COND2_1 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
34 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_SOLVER%3ARB_FORMULACELL f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
33 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_AUTOFORMAT%3ABTN_REMOVE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
3b sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_SPEC_FILTER%3ARB_CRITERIA_AREA f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
15 SW_HID_MD_GLOS_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDPREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
19 SFX2_HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN 97 Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialog.
34 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONDFORMAT%3ARB_COND1_2 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
43 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE%3APB_DELETE_REPLACE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
37 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONSOLIDATE%3ARB_DEST_AREA f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
41 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3APB_DELDOUBLECAPS 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2f sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_TABOP%3ARB_COLCELL f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
31 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_LIBS%3ARID_PB_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_PREVIOUS 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_PREVIOUS 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_DEL 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
13 WIZARDS_HID0_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
34 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONSOLIDATE%3ABTN_REMOVE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
17 SVX_HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
34 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_TABOP%3ARB_FORMULARANGE f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
31 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HATCH%3ABTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BACK 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
30 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_SOLVER%3ARB_VARCELL f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
30 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_DBNAMES%3ARB_DBAREA f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP%3ABTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
37 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_COLROWNAMERANGES%3ARB_DATA f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
33 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS%3ABTN_REMOVE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
34 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONDFORMAT%3ARB_COND1_1 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
37 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONSOLIDATE%3ARB_DATA_AREA f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
37 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_COLROWNAMERANGES%3ARB_AREA f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDFINISH 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
36 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_PIVOT_LAYOUT%3ARB_OUTAREA f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
34 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONDFORMAT%3ARB_COND2_2 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
34 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONDFORMAT%3ARB_COND3_1 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
31 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_DLGS%3ARID_PB_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
11 WIZARDS_HID0_PREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
3b cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_MULTIPATH%3ABTN_DEL_MULTIPATH 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
1d SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND 2d Umeće odabrane slike kao grafičku pozadinu.
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_FOLDER 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 28 Kopira odabrani element u međuspremnik.
19 SVX_HID_GALLERY_ACTUALIZE 39 Updates the view in the window or in the selected object.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY 99 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a security query appears before objects are deleted.
1c SFX2_HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
13 .uno%3AHelperDialog 9d Allows you to activate the automatic Help Agent. You can also activate the Help Agent through $[officename] - General - Help Agent in the Options dialog box.
2f svtools%3AListBox%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ALB_COLOR_DEPTH 41 Select the color depth from 8 bit grayscale or 24 bit true color.
34 svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ANF_COMPRESSION da Sets the compression and quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and big file size. A high compression means a low quality, a low compression means a high quality.
33 svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ANF_RESOLUTION 4b Enter the image resolution. Select the measurement units from the list box.
2e svtools%3AListBox%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ALB_RESOLUTION 4b Enter the image resolution. Select the measurement units from the list box.
2d svtools%3AMetricField%3ADLG_EXPORT%3AMF_SIZEX 14 Specifies the width.
3c svtools%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ARB_EPS_COMPRESSION_NONE 32 Specifies that you do not wish to use compression.
2f svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ACB_INTERLACED 40 Specifies whether the graphic is to be saved in interlaced mode.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ACB_SAVE_TRANSPARENCY ba Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.
2e svtools%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ARB_BINARY 52 Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a text file.
32 svtools%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ARB_EPS_LEVEL2 73 Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.
39 svtools%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ARB_EPS_COLOR_FORMAT1 1a Exports the file in color.
29 svtools%3AListBox%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ALB_SIZEX 20 Specifies the measurement units.
2d svtools%3AMetricField%3ADLG_EXPORT%3AMF_SIZEY 15 Specifies the height.
3b svtools%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ARB_EPS_COMPRESSION_LZW 66 LZW compression is the compression of a file into a smaller file using a table-based lookup algorithm.
35 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ACB_EPS_PREVIEW_EPSI b6 Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file. This format only contains printable characters from the 7-bit ASCII code.
2c svtools%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ARB_TEXT 57 Exports the file in ASCII text format. The resulting file is larger than a binary file.
35 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ACB_EPS_PREVIEW_TIFF 6a Specifies whether a preview image is exported in the TIFF format together with the actual PostScript file.
31 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ACB_RLE_ENCODING 36 Applies RLE (Run Length Encoding) to the BMP graphics.
39 svtools%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ARB_EPS_COLOR_FORMAT2 24 Exports the file in grayscale tones.
32 svtools%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT%3ARB_EPS_LEVEL1 8c Compression is not available at this level. Select the Level 1 option if your PostScript printer does not offer the capabilities of Level 2.
2c sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_IMPORTOPT%3ALB_FONT 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
31 sc%3AComboBox%3ARID_SCDLG_IMPORTOPT%3AED_FIELDSEP 41 Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.
33 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_IMPORTOPT%3ACB_FIXEDWIDTH 2b Exports all data fields with a fixed width.
32 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_IMPORTOPT%3ACB_SAVESHOWN bc Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
31 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_IMPORTOPT%3ACB_QUOTEALL c0 Exports all text cells with leading and trailing quote characters as set in the Text delimiter box. If not checked, only those text cells get quoted that contain the Field delimiter character.
30 sc%3AComboBox%3ARID_SCDLG_IMPORTOPT%3AED_TEXTSEP 44 Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.
2e sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_IMPORTOPT%3ADDLB_FONT 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
2b sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ALB_CHARSET 3c Specifies the character set to be used in the imported file.
2b sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ACB_ASONCE 3e Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.
33 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ACB_QUOTED_AS_TEXT b2 When this option is enabled, fields or cells whose values are quoted in their entirety (the first and last characters of the value equal the text delimiter) are imported as text.
29 sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ALB_TYPE1 5f Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.
2b sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ACKB_COMMA 30 Separates data delimited by commas into columns.
2e sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ALB_CUSTOMLANG 2f Determines how the number strings are imported.
2c sc%3AComboBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ACB_TEXTSEP 5c Select a character to delimit text data. You can can also enter a character in the text box.
2b sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ACKB_SPACE 30 Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.
2d sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ARB_FIXED 45 Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.
2f sc%3ANumericField%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ANF_AT_ROW 35 Specifies the row where you want to start the import.
2b sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ACKB_OTHER 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
3a sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ACB_DETECT_SPECIAL_NUMBER 9e When this option is enabled, Calc will automatically detect all number formats, including special number formats such as dates, time, and scientific notation.
31 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ARB_SEPARATED 27 Select the separator used in your data.
29 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ACKB_TAB 2e Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.
22 sc%3AModalDialog%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII 2b Sets the import options for delimited data.
2f sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3ACKB_SEMICOLON 34 Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.
26 sc%3AEdit%3ARID_SCDLG_ASCII%3AED_OTHER 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
31 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_SCALE 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
25 sd%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS 64 The Warning Print Options dialog appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.
2f sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_CUT 72 Specifies that anything extending beyond the maximum print range will be cut off and not included in the printing.
32 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_POSTER 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
2b sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASCII_FILTER%3ARB_LF 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
2d sw%3AListBox%3ADLG_ASCII_FILTER%3ALB_LANGUAGE 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
29 sw%3AListBox%3ADLG_ASCII_FILTER%3ALB_FONT 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
2d sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASCII_FILTER%3ARB_CRLF 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
2c sw%3AListBox%3ADLG_ASCII_FILTER%3ALB_CHARSET 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
2b sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASCII_FILTER%3ARB_CR 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
1b SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK 27 Inserts the selected graphic as a link.
16 SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD 49 Inserts a copy of the selected graphic object directly into the document.
19 SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE 30 Deletes the selected graphic after confirmation.
1a SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU 42 Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.
15 SVX_HID_GALLERY_TITLE 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
1a SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW 32 The Preview command displays the selected graphic.
1d SW_HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF 32 Sets all graphics in the document to be invisible.
1e SW_HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
1b SW_HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
21 SW_HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
1e SW_HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC 38 Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.
1c SW_HID_MN_READONLY_PLUGINOFF 1b Disables inserted plug-ins.
1e SW_HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
22 CUI_HID_GALLERY_PROPERTIES_GENERAL 1f Displays the name of the theme.
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 25 Creates a new $[officename] document.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 38 Creates a new spreadsheet document ($[officename] Calc).
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 64 Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress). The Presentation Wizard dialog appears.
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 1c Creates a new HTML document.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 93 Opens the Business Cards dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 92 Opens the Labels dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 1e Creates a new master document.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 1e Creates a new XForms document.
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 33 Creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 34 Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw 34 Creates a new drawing document ($[officename] Draw).
1b SFX2_HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW 52 Creates a new $[officename] document. Click the arrow to select the document type.
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 34 Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.
d .uno%3ANewDoc 57 If you want to create a document from a template, choose New - Templates and Documents.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 34 Creates a new formula document ($[officename] Math).
b slot%3A5500 4d Creates a new document using an existing template or opens a sample document.
1e SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_DOCINFO 3a Prikazuje karakteristike za izabrani šablon ili dokument.
1e SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREVIEW 3b Omogućava vam da pregledate izabrani šablon ili dokument.
1c SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT 26 Štampa izabrani šablon ili dokument.
1b SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREV 36 Pomiče se za jedan nivo direktorija, ako je dostupan.
1c SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_FILEVIEW c7 Lists the available templates or documents for the selected category. Select a template or document and, then click Open. To preview the document, click the Preview button above the box on the right.
3d svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_DOCTEMPLATE%3ABTN_DOCTEMPLATE_EDIT 23 Otvara izabrani šablon za izmjenu.
1c SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_ICONCTRL ad Categories are shown in the box on the left side of the Templates and Documents dialog. Click a category to display the files associated with that category in the Title box.
3f svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_DOCTEMPLATE%3ABTN_DOCTEMPLATE_MANAGE 40 Dodaje, uklanja, ili preuređuje šablone ili uzorak dokumenata.
1b SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_BACK 30 Moves back to the previous window in the dialog.
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 51 Omogućuje vam da napravite naljepnice. Naljepnice su kreirane u tekst dokumentu.
13 SW_HID_LABEL_INSERT 38 Kreira novi dokument s nazivom "Naljepnica1" za izmjenu.
24 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_LAB_LAB%3ABOX_TYPE e9 Odaberite format veličine koji želite koristiti. Dostupni formati zavise o vrsti koju ste izabrali na spisku Vrsta. Ako želite koristiti uobičajeni format, odaberite [Korisnik], zatim kliknite Oblik karticu da definišete format.
2d sw%3AMultiLineEdit%3ATP_LAB_LAB%3AEDT_WRITING 67 Unesite tekst koji želite da se pojavi na naljepnici. Takoder možete umetnuti polje iz baze podataka.
25 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_LAB_LAB%3ABOX_ADDR 6b Kreira naljepnicu s vašom povratnom adresom. Tekst koji je trenutno u Tekst naljepnice kutiji je prepisan.
27 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_LAB_LAB%3ALB_DATABASE 56 Odaberite bazu podataka koju želite koristiti kao izvor podataka za vašu naljepnicu.
24 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_LAB_LAB%3ABOX_MAKE 2b Izaberite tip papira koji zelite koristiti.
26 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_LAB_LAB%3ALB_DBFIELD 84 Odaberite polje baze podataka koje želite, zatim kliknite strelicu lijevo od ove kutije da ubacite polje u Tekst naljepnice kutiju.
29 sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_LAB_LAB%3ABTN_SHEET 2d Štampa naljepnice na individualnim papirima.
28 sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_LAB_LAB%3ABTN_CONT 29 Štampa naljepnicu na neprekidnom papiru.
2a sw%3AImageButton%3ATP_LAB_LAB%3ABTN_INSERT 84 Odaberite polje baze podataka koje želite, zatim kliknite strelicu lijevo od ove kutije da ubacite polje u Tekst naljepnice kutiju.
e SW_HID_LAB_LAB 41 Navedite tekst oznake i odaberite veličinu papira za naljepnicu.
24 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_LAB_LAB%3ALB_TABLE 55 Odaberite bazu podataka koja sadrzava polja koja zelite koristiti u vasoj naljepnici.
28 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_LAB_FMT%3AFLD_LEFT 9c Prikazuje udaljenost od lijevog ugla stranice do lijevog ugla prve naljepnice ili vizit-karte. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
28 sw%3AComboBox%3ADLG_SAVE_LABEL%3ACB_MAKE 24 Upišite ili odaberite željeni tip.
26 sw%3APushButton%3ATP_LAB_FMT%3APB_SAVE 33 Sačuva trenutni format naljepnice ili vizit-karte.
29 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_LAB_FMT%3AFLD_WIDTH 6e Prikazuje širinu za naljepnicu ili vizit-kartu. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
24 sw%3AEdit%3ADLG_SAVE_LABEL%3AED_TYPE 26 Upišite ili odaberite tip naljepnice.
e SW_HID_LAB_FMT 26 Postavi opcije za formatiranje papira.
29 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_LAB_FMT%3AFLD_UPPER 9c Prikazuje udaljenost od gornjeg ugla stranice do gornjeg ugla prve naljepnice ili vizit-karte. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
29 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_LAB_FMT%3AFLD_VDIST b9 Prikazuje udaljenost između gornjeg ugla naljepnice ili vizit-karte i gornjeg ugla naljepnice ili vizit-karte odmah ispod. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
2a sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_LAB_FMT%3AFLD_HEIGHT 6d Prikazuje visinu za naljepnicu ili vizit-kartu. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
2c sw%3ANumericField%3ATP_LAB_FMT%3AFLD_COLUMNS 4a Upišite broj naljepnica ili vizit-karti koje će biti u širini stranice.
29 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_LAB_FMT%3AFLD_HDIST 8f Prikazuje udaljenost između lijevih uglova suprotnih naljepnica ili vizit-karti. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
29 sw%3ANumericField%3ATP_LAB_FMT%3AFLD_ROWS 4a Upišite broj naljepnica ili vizit-karti koje će biti u visini stranice..
28 sw%3ANumericField%3ATP_LAB_PRT%3AFLD_COL 56 Upišite broj naljepnica ili vizit-karti koje želite imati u redu na vašoj stranici.
28 sw%3ANumericField%3ATP_LAB_PRT%3AFLD_ROW 4f Upišite broj redova naljepnica ili vizit-karti koje želite imati na stranici.
2a sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_LAB_PRT%3ABTN_SINGLE 34 Printa jednu naljepnicu ili vizit-kartu na stranici.
28 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_LAB_PRT%3ACB_SYNCHRON 9a Dopusta vam da promijenite jednu naljepnicu ili vizit-kartu i obnavlja sadržaje preostalih naljepnica na stranici kada kliknete dugme Uskladi naljepnice.
29 sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_SYNC_BTN%3ABTN_SYNC 5d Kopira sadržaje gornje lijeve naljepnice ili vizit-karte u preostale naljepnice na stranici.
28 sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_LAB_PRT%3ABTN_PAGE 33 Kreira čitavu stranicu naljepnica ili vizit-karti.
2b sw%3APushButton%3ATP_LAB_PRT%3ABTN_PRTSETUP 28 Otvara Postavke Printera dijalog kutiju.
e SW_HID_LAB_PRT 7b Za postavljanje dodatnih opcija za naljepnice ili vizit-karte, uključujući sinhronizaciju teksta i podešavanja printera.
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 33 Dizajnirajte i stvorite svoje vlastite vizit-karte.
1d SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT 27 Štampa posjetnice na papir neprekidno.
1e SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET 2f Štampa vizit-karte na pojedinačnim listovima.
1d SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE e3 Odaberite veličinu formata koji želite koristiti. Dostupni oblici ovise o tome što ste odabrali u Marke listi. Ako želite koristiti format određenih mjera, odaberite[User], a zatim kliknite Oblik tab da definišete format.
1e SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND 2e Odaberite marku papira koji želite koristiti.
1c SW_HID_BUSINESS_CARD_CONTENT 66 Odaberite kategoriju posjetnica u AutoTekst - Section kutiji, a zatim kliknite oblik u Sadržaj listi.
35 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_VISITING_CARDS%3ALB_AUTO_TEXT_GROUP 4d Odaberite kategoriju vizit-karti, a zatim pritisnite izgled u Sadržaj listi.
2b sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_PROFESSION 1c Unesite naslov svoje struke.
2b sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_SHORTCUT_2 44 Unesite inicijale osobe, koju želite koristiti kao drugog kontakta.
27 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_MOBILE 25 Upišite svoj broj mobilnog telefona.
27 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_NAME_2 42 Unesite prezime osobe, koju želite koristiti kao drugog kontakta.
26 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_PHONE 23 Upišite svoj kućni broj telefona.
26 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_STATE 25 Unesite naziv zemlje u kojoj živite.
2c sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_FIRSTNAME_2 3e Unesite ime osobe, koju želite koristiti kao drugog kontakta.
24 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_WWW 30 Unesite adresu svoje Internet početne stranice.
25 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_WWW 25 Unesite Internet adresu Vaše tvrtke.
28 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_MOBILE 25 Unesite svoj  broj mobilnog telefona.
28 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_SLOGAN 1f Unesite slogan vaše kompanije.
2a sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_COMP_EXT 24 Unesite dodatne podatke o kompaniji.
27 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_PHONE 24 Unesite svoj telefonski broj tvrtke.
27 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_STATE 35 Unesite naziv države u kojoj se nalazi Vaša tvrtka.
49 fpicker%3AImageButton%3ADLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_NEWFOLDER 17 Stvara novi direktorij.
34 svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_SVT_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_ALL 32 Kliknite da biste izbrisali sve odabrane datoteke.
1b SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN 44 Ubacuje odabrane datoteke u trenutnom dokumentu na poziciji kursora.
18 SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION 55 Ako postoji više verzija odabrane datoteke, odaberite verziju koju želite otvoriti.
19 SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY 21 Opens the file in read-only mode.
47 fpicker%3AMenuButton%3ADLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_STANDARD 38 Prikazuje datoteke u uobičajenom direktoriju korisnika.
1c SVT_HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_RENAME 63 Da biste preimenovali datoteku, desnom tipkom miša kliknite datoteku, a zatim odaberite Preimenuj.
41 fpicker%3AMenuButton%3ADLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_UP 6c Pomakni gore neki direktorij u hijerarhiji direktorija. Dugi klik da biste vidjeli više razine direktorija.
20 SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_FOLDER_FILENAME 78 Unesite naziv datoteke ili put za datoteku. Također možete unijeti URL koji počinje s ftp protokolom, http ili https.
43 fpicker%3AListBox%3ADLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE%3ALB_EXPLORERFILE_FILETYPE 83 Odaberite vrstu datoteke koju želite otvoriti, ili odaberite Sve datoteke(*) da biste prikazali popis svih datoteka u direktoriju.
34 svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_SVT_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_YES 4e Kliknite da biste izbrisali datoteku s imenom prikazane u ovoj dijalog kutiji.
23 FPICKER_HID_FILEDLG_AUTOCOMPLETEBOX 78 Unesite naziv datoteke ili put za datoteku. Također možete unijeti URL koji počinje s ftp protokolom, http ili https.
b .uno%3AOpen 1a Otvara ili uvozi datoteku.
1c SVT_HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_DELETE 5e Da biste izbrisali datoteku, desnom tipkom miša kliknite datoteku, a zatim odaberite Obriši.
19 SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_STANDARD 39 Prikazuje datoteke i direktorije u direktoriju kojemu su.
33 svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_SVT_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_NO 58 Kliknite da biste poništili brisanje datoteke s imenom prikazane u ovoj dijalog kutiji.
18 SVT_HID_EXPLORERDLG_FILE 1a Otvara ili uvozi datoteku.
19 SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN 1b Selects the indicated path.
1e SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME 27 Enter or select the path from the list.
2e uui%3AListBox%3ADLG_FILTER_SELECT%3ALB_FILTERS 3c Select the import filter for the file that you want to open.
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 38 Closes the current document without exiting the program.
b .uno%3ASave 1b Saves the current document.
19 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
21 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DEFAULTDIRECTORY 31 Displays the files in the default user directory.
17 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DOSAVE f Saves the file.
18 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_FILEURL 42 Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL
1a SVT_HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION 9a Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.
18 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_LEVELUP 61 Move up one directory in the directory hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level directories.
20 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_CUSTOMIZEFILTER 4e Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.
21 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD 57 Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file.
d .uno%3ASaveAs 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
d SID_SAVEASDOC 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
17 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
20 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_CREATEDIRECTORY 18 Creates a new directory.
19 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_FILEVIEW 44 Displays the files and directories in the directory that you are in.
f .uno%3AExportTo 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
27 sfx2%3AEdit%3ATP_DOCINFODESC%3AED_THEMA 61 Enter a subject for the document. You can use a subject to group documents with similar contents.
27 sfx2%3AEdit%3ATP_DOCINFODESC%3AED_TITLE 1f Enter a title for the document.
2a sfx2%3AEdit%3ATP_DOCINFODESC%3AED_KEYWORDS ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
32 sfx2%3AMultiLineEdit%3ATP_DOCINFODESC%3AED_COMMENT 2d Enter comments to help identify the document.
14 SFX2_HID_DOCINFODESC 34 Contains descriptive information about the document.
2e sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_DOCINFODOC%3ABTN_DELETE a3 Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.
2a sfx2%3AEdit%3ATP_DOCINFODOC%3AED_FILE_NAME 17 Displays the file name.
31 sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_DOCINFODOC%3ACB_USE_USERDATA 92 Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
13 SFX2_HID_DOCINFODOC 32 Contains basic information about the current file.
31 sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_CUSTOMPROPERTIES%3ABTN_ADD 2e Click to add a new row to the Properties list.
1e SFX2_HID_CTRL_CUSTOMPROPERTIES ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
27 sfx2%3AEdit%3ATP_DOCINFOUSER%3AED_INFO1 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
14 SFX2_HID_DOCINFOUSER 40 Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
27 sfx2%3AEdit%3ATP_DOCINFOUSER%3AED_INFO4 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
27 sfx2%3AEdit%3ATP_DOCINFOUSER%3AED_INFO3 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
27 sfx2%3AEdit%3ATP_DOCINFOUSER%3AED_INFO2 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
f SW_HID_DOC_STAT 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
1e sc%3ATabPage%3ARID_SCPAGE_STAT 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
16 SFX2_HID_DOCINFORELOAD 37 Sets the refresh and redirect options for an HTML page.
32 sfx2%3ANumericField%3ATP_DOCINFORELOAD%3AED_RELOAD 40 Enter the number of seconds to wait before the page is reloaded.
33 sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_DOCINFORELOAD%3APB_BROWSEURL 3b Locate the file that you want to open, and then click Open.
37 sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_DOCINFORELOAD%3ARB_NOAUTOUPDATE 24 User must refresh the page manually.
38 sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_DOCINFORELOAD%3ARB_FORWARDUPDATE 5c Loads a page that you specify after the number of seconds that you enter in the seconds box.
27 sfx2%3AEdit%3ATP_DOCINFORELOAD%3AED_URL 38 Enter the URL address of the file that you want to open.
33 sfx2%3ANumericField%3ATP_DOCINFORELOAD%3AED_FORWARD 57 Enter the number of seconds to wait before redirecting the browser to a different file.
2d sfx2%3AComboBox%3ATP_DOCINFORELOAD%3ACB_FRAME 6f If the current HTML page uses frames, select the name of the target frame where you want the file to be loaded.
37 sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_DOCINFORELOAD%3ARB_RELOADUPDATE 87 Reloads the HTML page after the number of seconds that you enter in the seconds box. To observe the result, open the page in a browser.
28 HID_SECURITYTAB_CONFIRM_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN 16 Re-enter the password.
2a HID_SECURITYTAB_CONFIRM_PASSWORD_TO_MODIFY 16 Re-enter the password.
1f SFX2_HID_SECURITYTAB_PROTECTION d1 Stiti stanje mijenjanja podataka sa lozinkom. Ako je mijenjanje podataka zasticeno za trenutni dokument, dugme se zove Prekini zastitu. Klikni na Prekini zastitu i unesi tačnu lozinku da onemogućite zastitu.
22 HID_SECURITYTAB_PASSWORD_TO_MODIFY 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
30 HID_DLG_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN_MODIFY_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
3a HID_DLG_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN_MODIFY_CONFIRM_PASSWORD_TO_MODIFY 16 Re-enter the password.
23 SFX2_HID_SECURITYTAB_RECORD_CHANGES 50 Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Changes - Record.
38 HID_DLG_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN_MODIFY_CONFIRM_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN 16 Re-enter the password.
2d HID_DLG_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN_MODIFY_FILE_READONLY 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
20 HID_SECURITYTAB_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
32 HID_DLG_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN_MODIFY_PASSWORD_TO_MODIFY 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
27 SFX2_HID_SECURITYTAB_OPEN_FILE_READONLY 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu 5a Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
17 SFX2_HID_ORGANIZE_PRINT 47 Prints the name and properties of the styles that are used in the file.
1f SFX2_HID_ORGANIZE_PRINTER_SETUP 3f Changes the printer and its settings for the selected document.
2b sfx2%3AMenuButton%3ADLG_ORGANIZE%3ABTN_EDIT 48 Contains commands for managing and editing your templates and documents.
18 SFX2_HID_ORGANIZE_DELETE 1e Deletes the current selection.
1b SFX2_HID_ORGANIZE_COPY_FROM 96 Imports an additional template. To import a template, select a template folder in the list, click the Command button, and then select Import template.
2c sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_ORGANIZE%3ABTN_FILES 4d Locate a file that you want to add to the document list, and then click Open.
19 SFX2_HID_ORGANIZE_COPY_TO 1e Exports the selected template.
2b sfx2%3AListBox%3ADLG_ORGANIZE%3ALB_LEFT_TYP 5a Select Templates or Documents to change the contents that are displayed in the list above.
1b SFX2_HID_CTL_ORGANIZER_LEFT 9d Displays the available template categories or opened $[officename] files. To change the contents of the list, select Templates or Documents in the box below.
15 SFX2_HID_ORGANIZE_NEW 20 Creates a new template category.
2c sfx2%3AListBox%3ADLG_ORGANIZE%3ALB_RIGHT_TYP 5a Select Templates or Documents to change the contents that are displayed in the list above.
21 SFX2_HID_ORGANIZE_STDTEMPLATE_DEL 5c Select a $[officename] document type to reset the default template to the original template.
16 SFX2_HID_ORGANIZE_EDIT 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
1c SFX2_HID_CTL_ORGANIZER_RIGHT 9d Displays the available template categories or opened $[officename] files. To change the contents of the list, select Templates or Documents in the box below.
10 .uno%3AOrganizer 63 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize templates and define default templates.
36 sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_ORGANIZE%3ABTN_ADDRESSTEMPLATE 4d Locate a file that you want to add to the document list, and then click Open.
18 SFX2_HID_ORGANIZE_RESCAN 22 Updates the contents of the lists.
21 SFX2_HID_ORGANIZE_STDTEMPLATE_ADD 71 Uses the selected template as the default template when you create a new $[officename] document of the same type.
22 SVT_HID_ADDRTEMPL_FIELD_ASSIGNMENT 4e Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.
35 svtools%3AComboBox%3ADLG_ADDRESSBOOKSOURCE%3ACB_TABLE 2c Select the data table for your address book.
49 svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_ADDRESSBOOKSOURCE%3APB_ADMINISTATE_DATASOURCES 36 Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list.
3a svtools%3AComboBox%3ADLG_ADDRESSBOOKSOURCE%3ACB_DATASOURCE 2d Select the data source for your address book.
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
2e sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_EDIT 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
28 sfx2%3AEdit%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3AED_NAME 1e Enter a name for the template.
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 29 Saves the current document as a template.
2e sfx2%3AListBox%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_SECTION 34 Select a category in which to save the new template.
32 sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_ORGANIZE 54 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize or create new templates.
32 sfx2%3AListBox%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_STYLESHEETS 28 Lists the available template categories.
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
32 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3AProperties 6a Opens the printer properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPage%3AListBox 29 Select how many slides to print per page.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintDateTime%3ACheckBox 35 Specifies whether to print the current date and time.
33 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3APrinterList f9 The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintHidden%3ACheckBox 3f Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden.
32 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AOptPage%3ASingleJobs 68 Check to not rely on the printer to create collated copies but create a print job for each copy instead.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 46 Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPageOrder%3AListBox 32 Specify how to arrange slides on the printed page.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 42 Prints only the pages or slides that you specify in the Pages box.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A1 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
2f .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ANUpPage%3ARowsBox 16 Select number of rows.
20 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AOK 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectInclude%3AListBox 2a Select which pages of a brochure to print.
30 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ANUpPage%3AOrderBox 2e Select order in which pages are to be printed.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A2 2d Specifies to print colors as black and white.
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3ACopies 32 Enter the number of copies that you want to print.
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ANUpPage%3APageMarginBox 3e Select margin between individual pages on each sheet of paper.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A0 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ANUpPage%3APagesPerSheet 28 Print multiple pages per sheet of paper.
2f .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ABorder%3ACheckBox 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 7b Specifies whether to print colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background).
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPaperFromSetup%3ACheckBox 86 For printers with multiple trays this option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspect%3ACheckBox 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintName%3ACheckBox 37 Specifies whether to print the page name of a document.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A3 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
c HID_PRINTDLG 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
2f .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3ACollate 32 Preserves the page order of the original document.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 182 If this option is enabled automatically inserted blank pages are printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page.
32 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ANUpPage%3AColumnsBox 19 Select number of columns.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsIncludeEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 52 If checked empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
40 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox 5d Specifies whether the graphics and drawings or OLE objects of your text document are printed.
31 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ANUpPage%3ABorderBox 28 Check to draw a border around each page.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A0 2c Specify how to scale slides in the printout.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ANUpPage%3APagesPerSheetBox 32 Select how many pages to print per sheet of paper.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A1 27 Specifies to print colors as grayscale.
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A1 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
31 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ATitleRow%3ACheckBox 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ANUpPage%3AOrientationBox 24 Select the orientation of the paper.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A0 26 Specifies to print in original colors.
c .uno%3APrint 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A2 83 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer so they fit on the paper in the printer.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 29 Specify where to print comments (if any).
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 1b Prints the entire document.
31 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AOptPage%3AToReverse 26 Check to print pages in reverse order.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintScale%3ANumericField 4a Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified factor.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AFixedText 29 Specify where to print comments (if any).
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AFormulaText%3ACheckBox 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A2 4a Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified factor.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectRTL%3AListBox 5e For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ANUpPage%3ASheetMarginBox 37 Select margin between the printed pages and paper edge.
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AOptPage%3AToFile 29 Prints to a file instead of to a printer.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintLeftRightPages%3AListBox 2d Specify which pages to include in the output.
32 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3ADetailsBtn 37 Show/Hide detailed information of the selected printer.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageContentType%3AListBox 35 Select which parts of the document should be printed.
32 svtools%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
13 .uno%3APrinterSetup 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
39 svtools%3AListBox%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG%3ALB_NAMES 7a Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.
42 svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG%3ABTN_PROPERTIES 4f Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document.
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS 80 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used.
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 3f Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo 83 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.
f .uno%3ASendMail 7e Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used.
28 SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_CONTROL_FILEVIEW 49 Izaberite stil pasusa ili okvir koji želite da odvojite u pod dokumente.
13 .uno%3ANewGlobalDoc 95 Pravi master dokument od trenutnog dokumenta. Novi pod-dokument je kreiran pri svakoj pojavi biranog paragrafa stila ili okvira u izvornom dokumentu.
28 SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE 49 Izaberite stil pasusa ili okvir koji želite da odvojite u pod dokumente.
19 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE 49 Izaberite stil pasusa ili okvir koji želite da odvojite u pod dokumente.
24 SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_EDIT_FILEURL 49 Izaberite stil pasusa ili okvir koji želite da odvojite u pod dokumente.
b .uno%3AQuit 47 Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.
e .uno%3ASaveAll 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
2c sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_VERSIONS%3APB_DELETE 1d Deletes the selected version.
21 sfx2%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_VERSIONS 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
2a sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_VERSIONS%3APB_OPEN 31 Opens the selected version in a read-only window.
2d sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_VERSIONS%3APB_COMPARE 33 Compare the changes that were made in each version.
31 sfx2%3AMultiLineEdit%3ADLG_COMMENTS%3AME_VERSIONS 7d Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
2f sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_VERSIONS%3ACB_SAVEONCLOSE 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
2a sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_VERSIONS%3APB_SAVE a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
2a sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_VERSIONS%3APB_VIEW 35 Displays the entire comment for the selected version.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
14 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_UNDO a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3AUndo a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3ARedo 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
14 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_REDO 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
d .uno%3ARepeat 48 Ponavlja posljednju komandu. Ova komanda je dostupna u Writeru i Calc-u.
13 .uno%3ARepeatAction 48 Ponavlja posljednju komandu. Ova komanda je dostupna u Writeru i Calc-u.
a .uno%3ACut 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
b .uno%3ACopy 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
c .uno%3APaste 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
17 SC_HID_SC_REPLCELLSWARN 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
15 .uno%3AInsertContents 0 
30 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_INSNOTES 0 
32 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_INSOBJECTS 0 
32 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_MV_DOWN 0 
31 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_OP_DIV 0 
30 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_INSATTRS 0 
33 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_INSDATETIME 0 
32 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_INSSTRINGS 0 
32 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_MV_NONE 0 
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
32 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_SKIP_EMPTY 0 
11 CUI_HID_PASTE_DLG 2e Displays the source of the clipboard contents.
31 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_OP_ADD 0 
15 .uno%3APasteClipboard 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
30 cui%3AListBox%3AMD_PASTE_OBJECT%3ALB_INSERT_LIST 42 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
33 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_MV_RIGHT 0 
31 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_OP_MUL 0 
32 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_INSNUMBERS 0 
32 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_OP_NOOP 0 
31 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_TRANSPOSE 0 
31 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_OP_SUB 0 
2c sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_LINK 0 
33 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_INSFORMULAS 0 
2e sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_INSCONT%3ABTN_INSALL 0 
10 .uno%3ASelectAll 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
d .uno%3ASelect 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
2e svx%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3AED_SEARCH 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
34 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ALB_CALC_SEARCHIN 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
2e svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_REGEXP 2b Allows you to use wildcards in your search.
34 svx%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ARB_CALC_ROWS 2c Searches from left to right across the rows.
2f svx%3AMoreButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_MORE 60 Shows more or fewer search options. Click this button again to hide the extended search options.
39 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHFORM%3ACB_HALFFULLFORMS 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
32 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_ALL_SHEETS 43 Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file.
31 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_SEARCH 63 Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you searching for in the document.
35 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_SEARCH_ALL 89 Finds and selects all instances of the text or the format that you are searching for in the document (only in Writer and Calc documents).
f .uno%3AFindText 50 Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text.
17 .uno%3ASearchProperties 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 3a Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.
39 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHFORM%3ACB_SOUNDSLIKECJK a2 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to specify the search options.
36 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_REPLACE_ALL 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
41 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_JAP_MATCH_FULL_HALF_WIDTH 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
2d SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ALB_SEARCH 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
40 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHFORM%3APB_SOUNDSLIKESETTINGS 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
32 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_SELECTIONS 29 Searches only the selected text or cells.
31 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_BACKWARDS 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
2f svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_LAYOUTS cf Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Search for list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace with list.
2f svx%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3AED_REPLACE 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
37 svx%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ARB_CALC_COLUMNS 30 Searches from top to bottom through the columns.
33 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_WHOLE_WORDS 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
32 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_REPLACE 66 Replaces the selected text or format that you searched for, and then searches for the next occurrence.
33 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_NOFORMAT 7b Click in the Search for or the Replace with box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_JAP_SOUNDS_LIKE a2 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to specify the search options.
28 svx_ComboBox_RID_SVXDLG_SEARCH_ED_SEARCH 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
f .uno%3AUpSearch 38 Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.
2e svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ALB_REPLACE 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
32 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_MATCH_CASE 39 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
35 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3APB_JAP_OPTIONS 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
3b cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHSIMILARITY%3ANF_OTHER 43 Unesite broj znakova u polje za pretragu koji će biti zamijenjeni.
3d cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHSIMILARITY%3ANF_SHORTER 4c Unesite broj znakova po kojima riječ može biti kraća od tražene riječi.
37 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHSIMILARITY%3ACB_RELAX 51 Traži termin koji odgovara bilo kojoj kombinaciji postavki traženja sličnosti.
34 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3APB_SIMILARITY 29 Postavite opcije za traženje sličnosti.
1d CUI_HID_SEARCH_APPROXSETTINGS 84 Pronađi termine koji su slični Traži tekstu. Označite ovu opciju, a onda kliknite na ... dugme da definišete opcije sličnosti.
3c cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHSIMILARITY%3ANF_LONGER 5f Unesite maksimalni broj znakova po kojima riječ može preći broj znakova u traženoj riječi.
15 CUI_HID_SEARCH_APPROX 84 Pronađi termine koji su slični Traži tekstu. Označite ovu opciju, a onda kliknite na ... dugme da definišete opcije sličnosti.
32 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ACB_SIMILARITY 84 Pronađi termine koji su slični Traži tekstu. Označite ovu opciju, a onda kliknite na ... dugme da definišete opcije sličnosti.
1b CUI_HID_SEARCHATTR_CTL_ATTR 29 Izaberite atribute koje želite tražiti.
12 CUI_HID_SEARCHATTR 29 Izaberite atribute koje želite tražiti.
34 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_ATTRIBUTE 10d Izaberite atribute teksta koje želite tražiti. Na primjer, ako tražite Pismo atribut, svi dijelovi teksta koji ne koriste standardni font su pronađeni. Sav tekst koji ima direktno specificiran atribut fonta i sav tekst gdje stil mijenja atribut fonta su pronađeni.
31 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_FORMAT 73 Nalazi određene osobine formatiranja teksta, kao što su tip fonta, efekti fonta, i karakteristike protoka teksta.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX18 ac Uređuje sadržaj komponenti odabranih u listi navigatora. Ako je odabir dokument, isti je otvoren za uređivanje. Ako je odabir indeks, dijalog kutija indeksa je otvorena.
1c SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE 21 Kreira i unosi novi sub-dokument.
16 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE 34 Kliknite i odaberite sadržaj koji želite obnoviti.
16 SW_HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL 16 Obnavlja sav sadržaj.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX19 34 Kliknite i odaberite sadržaj koji želite obnoviti.
18 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT 8b Unosi novi paragraf u master dokument u koji možete unijeti tekst. Ne možete unijeti tekst do postojećeg tekstualnog unosa u navigatoru.
19 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK 2c Mijenja postavke linka za odabrani dokument.
17 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX 34 Unosi indeks ili tabelu sadržaja u master dokument.
18 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK 15 Obnavlja sve linkove.
13 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_DEL 21 Briše izbor iz liste navigatora.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX20 3c Unosi dokument, indeks, ili novi dokument u master dokument.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX21 93 Spašava kopiju sadržaja master dokumenta. Ovo osigurava da trenutni sadržaj je dostupan nakon što se ne mogne pristupiti povezanim dokumentima.
17 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX 15 Obnavlja sve indekse.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX23 37 Pomjera odabir za jedno mjesto dole u listi navigatora.
1e SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST 97 Navigator nabroji glavne komponente master dokumenta. Ako zadržite pokazatelj miša na imenu sub-dokumenta sa liste, putanja sub-dokumenta se prikaže
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX22 3c Pomjeri selekciju za jednu poziciju gore u listi navigatora.
18 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE 3f Unosi jedan ili više postojećih dokumenata u master dokument.
14 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT ac Uređuje sadržaj komponenti odabranih u listi navigatora. Ako je odabir dokument, isti je otvoren za uređivanje. Ako je odabir indeks, dijalog kutija indeksa je otvorena.
16 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT 3c Unosi dokument, indeks, ili novi dokument u master dokument.
17 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL 1a Obnavlja sadržaj odabira.
36 cui%3APushButton%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS%3APB_UPDATE_NOW 6d Obnavlja odabrani link tako da zadnja sačuvana verzija povezane datoteke je prikazana u trenutnom dokumentu.
33 cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS%3ARB_MANUAL 34 Samo obnavlja link kad kliknete na Ažuriraj  dugme.
12 .uno%3AManageLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
36 cui%3APushButton%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS%3APB_BREAK_LINK 92 Razdvaja link između izvorišne datoteke i trenutnog dokumenta. Zadnji obnovljeni sadržaj izvorišne datoteke je sačuvan u trenutnom dokumentu.
36 cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS%3ARB_AUTOMATIC d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
10 .uno%3AEditLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
11 .uno%3ALinkDialog c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
15 CUI_HID_LINKDLG_TABLB 68 Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
39 cui%3APushButton%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS%3APB_CHANGE_SOURCE 2f Promijeni izvorišnu datoteku za odabrani link.
14 .uno%3APlugInsActive 149 Dozvoljava da uredite dodatke u vašoj datoteci. Odaberite ovu komandu da omogućite ili blokirate ovu opciju. Kada je omogućena, kvačica se pojavi pored komande, i možete naći komande da uredite dodatke u njihovom meniju sadržaja. Kada je blokirana, možete naći komande da upravljate dodacima u njihovom meniju sadržaja.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 33 Promjeni veličinu objekta na originalnu veličinu.
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 6a Dopušta Vam da uredite odabrani objekat u Vašem dokumentu, koji ste unijeli saUbaci - Objekat  naredbom.
33 cui%3AEdit%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3AED_FRAMENAME 7c Unesite ime pokretnog okvira. Ime ne može sadržavati razmak, specijalne karaktere, ili počinjati sa donjoj crticom ( _ ).
3d cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ARB_FRMBORDER_ON 23 Prikazuje granicu pokretnog okvira.
3e cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ARB_FRMBORDER_OFF 20 Skriva granicu pokretnog okvira.
41 cui%3ACheckBox%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ACB_MARGINHEIGHTDEFAULT 1e Primjenjuje standardni razmak.
3c cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ARB_SCROLLINGON 2b Prikazuje pomičnu traku za pokretni okvir.
3d cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ARB_SCROLLINGOFF 28 Skriva pomičnu traku za pokretni okvir.
3e cui%3ANumericField%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ANM_MARGINHEIGHT af Unesi količinu vertikalnog prostora koji želite ostaviti između gornjeg i donjeg ruba pokretnog okvira. I dokument unutra I izvana pokretnog okvira mora biti HTML dokument.
3e cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ARB_SCROLLINGAUTO 6d Označite ovu opciju ako trenutno aktivni pokretni okvir može imati pomičnu traku ukoliko je ista potrebna.
38 cui%3APushButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ABT_FILEOPEN 62 Locirajte dokument koji želite prikazati u odabranom pokretnom okviru, i onda kliknite na Otvori.
3d cui%3ANumericField%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ANM_MARGINWIDTH b1 Unesi količinu horizontalnog prostora koji želite ostaviti između desnog i lijevog ruba pokretnog okvira. I dokument unutra I izvana pokretnog okvira mora biti HTML dokument.
2d cui%3AEdit%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3AED_URL 94 Unesite putanju i ime dokumenta koji želite prikazati u pokretnom okviru. Možete kliknuti na ... dugme i locirati dokument koji želite prikazati.
2a svx%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAP%3ACBB_URL 4f Unesite URL za datoteku koju želite otvoriti kada kliknete na odabrano mjesto.
15 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_APPLY 33 Primjenjuje promjene koje ste napravili mapi slika.
18 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_PROPERTY 39 Omogućava vam da definišete svojstva odabrane lokacije.
14 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_OPEN 5b Unosi postojeću mapu slika u MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA ili SIP StarView ImageMap format datoteke.
16 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_CIRCLE a7 Crta elipsoidnu vruću tačku kad povučete je na sliku. Poslije, možete unijeti Adresu i Tekst za vruću tačku, i onda odabrati Okvir gdje želite URL da se otvori.
16 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_SELECT 32 Odaberi vruću tačku u mapi slika za uređivanje.
27 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAP%3AEDT_TEXT 64 Unesite tekst koji želite da se prikaže kada se miš nalazi na određenom mjestu u pretraživaču.
1a SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_POLYDELETE 25 Briše odabrane pričvršćene tačke
15 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_MACRO 6d Omogućava vam da dodijelite makronaredbu koja se pokreće kada kliknete na odabrano mjesto u pretraživaču.
1a SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_POLYINSERT 4a Dodaje pričvršćenu tačku ondje gdje kliknete na siluetu vruće tačke.
18 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_GRAPHWND 0 
14 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_RECT a4 Crta pravougaonu vruću tačku kada je povučete na sliku. Poslije, možete unijeti Adresu i Tekst vruće tačke, i onda odabrati Okvir kad želite da otvorite URL.
16 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_ACTIVE 60 Blokira ili omogućava hipervezu za odabranu vruću tačku. Blokirana vruća tačka je providna.
18 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_POLYEDIT 5e Dopušta Vam da promijenite oblik odabrane vruće tačke uređivanjem pričvršćenih tačaka.
15 .uno%3AImageMapDialog 9e Dopušta Vam da prikačite URL-ove na određena područja, zvana vruće tačke, na sliku ili grupu slika. Mapa slika je grupa jedne ili više vrućih tačaka.
16 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_SAVEAS 52 Sačuva mapu slika u MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA ili SIP StarView ImageMap format datoteke.
18 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_POLYMOVE 56 Dopušta Vam pomjeranje pojedinačnih pričvršćenih tačaka odabrane vruće tačke .
14 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_POLY 1bf Crta poligonalnu vruću tačku kad povučete je na sliku. Kliknite na ikonu, povucite je na sliku, kliknite da definišete jednu stranu poligona. Pomjerite na mjesto gdje želite postaviti kraj sljedeće strane, i onda kliknite. Ponavljajte dok ne nacrtate sve strane poligona. Kada ste završili, duplim klikom miša zatvarate poligon. Poslije, možete unijeti Adresu i Tekst za vruću tačku, i onda odabrati Okvir gdje želite URL da se otvori.
18 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_FREEPOLY 12d Crta vruću tačku baziranu na poligonu slobodnog oblika. . Kliknite na ikonu, I pomjerite na mjesto gdje želite crtati vruću tačku. Povucite slobodnu liniju i pustite da zatvorite oblik. Poslije, možete unijeti Adresu i Tekst za vruću tačku, i onda odabrati Okvir gdje želite URL da se otvori.
29 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3AEDT_URL 52 Unesite URL za datoteku koju želite da otvorite kada kliknete na odabrano mjesto.
34 SVX_MULTILINEEDIT_RID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL_EDT_DESCRIPTION 18 Unesite opis za lokaciju
26 SVX%3AMODALDIALOG%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL 28 Izlistava svojstva za odabranu lokaciju.
2a SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3AEDT_NAME 16 Unesite naziv za sliku
31 SVX%3ACOMBOBOX%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3ACBB_TARGETS a2 Unesite ime ciljnog okvira u kojem želite da otvorite URL. Takođe možete odabrati standardno ime okvira koje je priznato među svim pretraživačima sa spiska.
34 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3AEDT_URLDESCRIPTION 61 Unesite tekst koji želite da se prikaže kada mišem označite željeno mjesto u pretraživaču.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 4b Izlistava komande koje su dostupne za praćenje promjena u vašoj datoteci.
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 55 Prati svaku promjenu koja je napravljena u trenutnom dokumentu putem autora i datuma.
13 .uno%3ATrackChanges 55 Prati svaku promjenu koja je napravljena u trenutnom dokumentu putem autora i datuma.
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 90 Spriječavajući korisnika od deaktiviranja zapisa mijenja odliku, ili od prihvatanja ili odbijanja promjena osim ako korisnik ne upiše šifru.
12 SC_HID_CHG_PROTECT 90 Spriječavajući korisnika od deaktiviranja zapisa mijenja odliku, ili od prihvatanja ili odbijanja promjena osim ako korisnik ne upiše šifru.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 28 Prikazuje ili sakriva zapisane promjene.
19 .uno%3AShowTrackedChanges 28 Prikazuje ili sakriva zapisane promjene.
14 .uno%3ACommentChange 25 Upiši komentar za zapisanu promjenu.
1c .uno%3ACommentChangeTracking 25 Upiši komentar za zapisanu promjenu.
16 CUI_HID_REDLINING_EDIT 25 Upiši komentar za zapisanu promjenu.
1b .uno%3AAcceptTrackedChanges 1c Prihvati ili odbij promjene.
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 1c Prihvati ili odbij promjene.
15 SC_HID_SC_SORT_ACTION 32 Ispisuje promjene koje su napravljene u dokumentu.
20 SVX_HID_REDLINING_VIEW_PB_ACCEPT 4a Prihvata označenu promjenu i briše označavanje od promjene u dokumentu.
13 SW_HID_SORT_COMMENT 3e Poreda spisak prema komentarima koji su priloženi promjenama.
23 SVX_HID_REDLINING_VIEW_PB_ACCEPTALL 3a Prihvaća sve promjene i briše označavanje iz dokumenta.
23 SVX_HID_REDLINING_VIEW_PB_REJECTALL 37 Odbija sve promjene i briše označavanje iz dokumenta.
1e SVX_HID_REDLINING_VIEW_DG_VIEW b0 Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading.
13 SC_HID_SC_SORT_DATE 36 Ispisuje datum i vrijeme kada je promjena napravljena.
19 .uno%3ARejectTracedChange 48 Odbija označenu promjenu i briše označavanje od promjene u dokumentu.
20 SVX_HID_REDLINING_VIEW_PB_REJECT 48 Odbija označenu promjenu i briše označavanje od promjene u dokumentu.
10 SW_HID_SORT_DATE 25 Poreda spisak prema datumu i vremenu.
15 SC_HID_SC_SORT_AUTHOR 2d Ispisuje korisnika koji je napravio promjenu.
1e SVX_HID_REDLINING_VIEW_PB_UNDO 25 Edituj komentar za odabranu promjenu.
13 SW_HID_EDIT_COMMENT 25 Edituj komentar za odabranu promjenu.
19 .uno%3AAcceptTracedChange 4a Prihvata označenu promjenu i briše označavanje od promjene u dokumentu.
1b SVX_HID_REDLINING_VIEW_PAGE 29 Prihvati ili odbij pojedinačne promjene.
16 SC_HID_SC_SORT_COMMENT 2f Ispisuje komentare koji su priloženi promjeni.
12 SW_HID_SORT_AUTHOR 1b Poreda spisak prema Autoru.
12 SW_HID_SORT_ACTION 23 Poreda spisak prema vrsti promjene.
14 SC_HID_SORT_POSITION 60 Poreda spisak u silaznom redu prema poziciji promjena u dokumentu. Ovo je zadana metoda redanja.
19 SC_HID_SC_CHANGES_COMMENT 25 Edituj komentar za odabranu promjenu.
20 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_DF_DATE 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
21 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_LB_AUTOR 49 Filtrira spisak promjena prema imenu autora kojeg vi izaberete iz spiska.
21 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_CB_AUTOR 49 Filtrira spisak promjena prema imenu autora kojeg vi izaberete iz spiska.
3a sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_HIGHLIGHT_CHANGES%3ARB_ASSIGN 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
20 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_TF_DATE 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
22 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_LB_ACTION 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
20 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_LB_DATE 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
21 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_IB_CLOCK 37 Upisuje trenutni datum i vrijeme u odgovarajuća polja.
22 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_CB_ACTION 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
20 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_BTN_REF 3c Označi raspon ćelija koje želite da koristite kao filter.
22 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_IB_CLOCK2 37 Upisuje trenutni datum i vrijeme u odgovarajuća polja.
23 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_CB_COMMENT 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
21 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_DF_DATE2 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
23 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_ED_COMMENT 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
21 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_ED_RANGE 3c Označi raspon ćelija koje želite da koristite kao filter.
21 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_CB_RANGE 3c Označi raspon ćelija koje želite da koristite kao filter.
20 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_CB_DATE 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
21 SVX_HID_REDLINING_FILTER_TF_DATE2 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
32 sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_SIMPLEREF%3ARB_ASSIGN 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments a2 Ubacuje promjene napravljene na kopijama istog dokumenta u originalni dokument. Promjene napravljene nad fusnotama, zaglavljima, okvirima i poljima su zanemarene.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 39 Poredi trenutni dokument sa dokumentom koji vi izaberete.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_IDENTIFIER_POS 5c Upiši kratko ime za zapis. Kratko ime se pojavljuje u Identifikator koloni u spisku zapisa.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 45 Da bi prikazao sve zapise u tabeli, pritisni na Obriši Filter ikonu.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_YEAR_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource 6e Ispisuje dostupne tabele u trenutnoj bazi podataka. Pritisni ime na spisku da bi prikazao zapise za tu tabelu.
15 SVX_HID_FM_DELETEROWS 16 Briše odabrani zapis.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITION_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 25 Ubacuje novi zapis u trenutnu tabelu.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITOR_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 1f Idi do zadnjeg zapisa u tabeli.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Idi do slijedećeg zapisa u tabeli.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_TITLE_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NUMBER_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SCHOOL_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_CHAPTER_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 39 Odaberi izvor podataka za bazu podataka za bibliografije.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_VOLUME_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_REPORTTYPE_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping d9 Omogućava vam da povežete zaglavlja kolone sa poljima podataka od različitog izvora podataka. Da bi preradili različit izvor podataka za vašu bibliografiju, pritisnite na Izvor podataka dugme na zapisuObjekt Bar.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 25 Ubacuje novi zapis u trenutnu tabelu.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PUBLISHER_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_BOOKTITLE_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PAGES_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MAPPINGDLG d9 Omogućava vam da povežete zaglavlja kolone sa poljima podataka od različitog izvora podataka. Da bi preradili različit izvor podataka za vašu bibliografiju, pritisnite na Izvor podataka dugme na zapisuObjekt Bar.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_JOURNAL_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS 8d Odaberi vrstu zapisa koji želite da napravite. $[officename] ubacuje broj u Vrsta kolonu od zapisa koja odgovara vrsti koju odaberete ovdje.
1c .uno%3ABibliographyComponent 4c Ubaci, obriši, edituj, i organizuj zapise u bazi podataka za bibliografije.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_INSTITUTION_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MONTH_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_HOWPUBLISHED_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NOTE_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 1d Idi do prvog zapisa u tabeli.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4c Napiši broja zapisa koji želite da bude prikazan, i onda pritisnite Enter.
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 58 Koristi Standardni filter da bi preradio i kombiniraoAutomatski Filter opcije traženja.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ORGANIZATIONS_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter b2 Pritisnite dugo da bi odabrali polje podataka koje želite da tražite koristeći termin koji ste upisali u Ključ za traženje polju. Možete samo tražiti jedno polje podataka.
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 191 Upiši informacije koje želiš da tražiš, i onda pritisni Enter. Da promijenite postavke filtera za pretraživanje, pritisnite dugo na Automatski Filter ikonu, i onda odaberite različito polje podataka. Možete koristiti zamjene kao % ili * za bilo koju broj znakova, i _ ili ? za jedan znak u vašem pretraživanju. Da prikažete sve zapise u tabeli, očistite ovo polje, i onda pritisnite Enter.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 22 Idi do prethodnog zapisa u tabeli.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ANNOTE_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHOR_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ADDRESS_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_DB_TBX 4c Ubaci, obriši, edituj, i organizuj zapise u bazi podataka za bibliografije.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ISBN_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
2a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_SINGLE 57 Prikaz izgleda jedne stranice prikazuje stranice jednu ispod druge, ali nikada uporedo.
2d SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_AUTOMATIC 65 Automatski prikaz izgleda prikazuje stranice po stranice, koliko god to faktor povećanja dozvoljava.
34 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_ZOOM%3ABTN_PAGE_WIDTH 6a Prikazuje čitavu širinu stranice dokumenta. Gornja i donja ivica stranice možda se neće moći vidjeti.
18 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_OPTIMAL 45 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at .
b .uno%3AZoom 33 Smanjuje ili povećava prikaz ekrana  %PRODUCTNAME.
34 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_ZOOM%3ABTN_WHOLE_PAGE 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
25 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_CHK_BOOK 99 U knjiga modu prikazu izgleda možete vidjeti dvije stranice uporedo kao u otvorenoj knjizi. Prvo stranica je desna stranica sa neparnim brojem stranice.
14 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_150 3d Prikazuje dokument na jedan i po u svojoj stvarnoj veličini.
2a SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_ED_COLUMNS 5a U prikazu izgleda kolona vidite stranice u datom broju kolona uporedo. Upiši broj kolona.
28 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_USER 5e Upišite faktor povećanja na koji želite da se prikaže dokument. Upišite procenat u polje.
13 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_75 35 Prikazuje dokument na 75% od svoje stvarne veličine.
2e cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_ZOOM%3ABTN_USER 5e Upišite faktor povećanja na koji želite da se prikaže dokument. Upišite procenat u polje.
14 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_200 38 Prikazuje dokument dva puta u svojoj stvarnoj veličini.
31 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_ZOOM%3ABTN_OPTIMAL 45 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at .
14 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_100 2f Prikazuje dokument u svojoj stvarnoj veličini.
13 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_50 36 Prikazuje dokument na pola od svoje stvarne veličine.
1b SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_WHOLE_PAGE 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
27 SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_ED_USER 5e Upišite faktor povećanja na koji želite da se prikaže dokument. Upišite procenat u polje.
b SID_VIEW050 36 Prikazuje dokument na pola od svoje stvarne veličine.
1b SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_PAGE_WIDTH 6a Prikazuje čitavu širinu stranice dokumenta. Gornja i donja ivica stranice možda se neće moći vidjeti.
2b SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_COLUMNS 5a U prikazu izgleda kolona vidite stranice u datom broju kolona uporedo. Upiši broj kolona.
b SID_VIEW200 38 Prikazuje dokument dva puta u svojoj stvarnoj veličini.
2d cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_ZOOM%3AED_USER 5e Upišite faktor povećanja na koji želite da se prikaže dokument. Upišite procenat u polje.
2d cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_ZOOM%3ABTN_100 2f Prikazuje dokument u svojoj stvarnoj veličini.
e .uno%3AView100 2f Prikazuje dokument u svojoj stvarnoj veličini.
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 23 Prikazuje or skriva Standardni Bar.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 41 Prikazuje ili skriva pokretač ulazne metode(IME) prozora stanja.
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 24 Prikazuje ili skriva Odjel pomagala.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 39 Prikazuje ili skriva Odjel stanja na donjem rubu prozora.
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 39 Prikazuje ili skriva Odjel stanja na donjem rubu prozora.
1a SFX2_HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX 88 U Writer i Calc, možete isto koristiti prečice  KomandaCtrl+Shift+J da bi prebacili između standardnog i cijelog ekrana načina rada.
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 7b Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen On/Off button.
13 .uno%3AColorControl a2 Prikazuje ili skriva traku sa bojama. Da bi izmijenili ili promijenili tabelu sa bojama koja je prikazana, izaberi Oblik - Područje, i onda pritisni na Boje tab.
18 SVX_HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS 16e Pritisni na boju koju želite da koristite. Da bi promijenili boju za popunjavanje objekta u trenutnoj datoteci , izaberi objekt i onda pritisni na boju. Da bi promijenili boju linije odabranom objekta, desnim-klikom pritisnite na boju. Da bi promijenili boju teksta u tekst objektu, dva-puta pritisnite  na objekt teksta, odaberite tekst, i onda pritisnite na boju.
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility b9 Izaberite Pogled - Toolbars - Poništi da bi resetovali odjel za pomagala na njihovo zadano ponašanje. Sada neki odjeli za pomagala će biti prikazani automatski, zavisno od konteksta.
15 .uno%3ADeleteAllNotes 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 38 Ubacuje zapis utvrđen na trenutnu poziciju pokazivača.
17 .uno%3ADeleteAnnotation 1b Delete the current comment.
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations 49 Use View - Comments to show or hide all comments (not available in Calc).
22 .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotationByAuthor 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
13 .uno%3ADeleteAuthor 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
11 .uno%3ADeleteNote 1b Delete the current comment.
1a .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotation 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
b .uno%3AScan 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_CHARMAP%3ABTN_DELETE 4b Clears the current selection of special characters that you want to insert.
d .uno%3ABullet 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
1b CUI_HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET 4a Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click OK.
13 .uno%3AInsertSymbol 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
2c cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_CHARMAP%3ALB_FONT 4c Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.
2e cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_CHARMAP%3ALB_SUBSET 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
1a SVT_HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
1f SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_IMAGE_TEMPLATE 27 Select the frame style for the graphic.
15 HID_IMPGRF_CB_PREVIEW 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
17 SVT_HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
1d SVX_HID_OFA_HYPERLINK_URL_TXT 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 2c Inserts a picture into the current document.
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu 62 Inserts an object into your document. For movies and sounds, use Insert - Movie and Sound instead.
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
13 .uno%3AInsertPlugin 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertSound 2f Inserts a sound file into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertVideo 2f Inserts a video file into the current document.
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
11 .uno%3AInsertMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame 87 Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file.
11 .uno%3ADataImport 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 38 Select the source for a picture that you want to insert.
11 .uno%3ASetDefault 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
16 .uno%3AResetAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
19 CUI_HID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME 3b Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
36 cui%3AMetricBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_EAST_SIZE 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
35 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_WEST_NAME 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
3a cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_WEST_LANG_NOCJK 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
36 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_WEST_STYLE 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
35 cui%3AMetricBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_CTL_SIZE 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
36 cui%3AMetricBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_WEST_SIZE 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
36 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_EAST_STYLE 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_WEST_LANG 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_EAST_LANG 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_CTL_LANG 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
3c cui%3AMetricBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_WEST_SIZE_NOCJK 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
3c cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_WEST_STYLE_NOCJK 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
35 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_CTL_STYLE 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
35 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_EAST_NAME 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
3b cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_WEST_NAME_NOCJK 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
34 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_CTL_NAME 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
3d cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ALB_UNDERLINE_COLOR 25 Select the color for the underlining.
36 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ALB_EFFECTS2 e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
3e cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ACB_INDIVIDUALWORDS 3d Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.
37 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ALB_STRIKEOUT 33 Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.
37 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ALB_UNDERLINE 7d Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
c .uno%3AColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
36 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ALB_POSITION 2c Specify where to display the emphasis marks.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ALB_RELIEF e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
1c CUI_HID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS 2e Specify the font effects that you want to use.
36 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ALB_EMPHASIS 53 Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
37 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ALB_FONTCOLOR 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
31 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_NAME%3ALB_COLOR2 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
3c cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ALB_OVERLINE_COLOR 24 Select the color for the overlining.
10 .uno%3AFontColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
38 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ACB_SHADOW 4b Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.
39 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ACB_OUTLINE 5b Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.
36 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_EFFECTS%3ALB_OVERLINE 7b Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
36 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUMBERFORMAT%3ALB_LANGUAGE 100 Specifies the language setting for the selected fields. With the language set to Automatic, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected fields.
3d cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUMBERFORMAT%3AED_LEADZEROES 4c Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUMBERFORMAT%3AED_FORMAT 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
36 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUMBERFORMAT%3ABTN_NEGRED 32 Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
1d CUI_HID_NUMBERFORMAT_TBI_INFO 2d Adds a comment to the selected number format.
1e CUI_HID_NUMBERFORMAT_LB_FORMAT 49 Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) to be displayed.
36 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUMBERFORMAT%3ALB_CATEGORY 56 Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box.
1c CUI_HID_NUMBERFORMAT_TBI_ADD 4a Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.
38 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUMBERFORMAT%3ABTN_THOUSAND 6c Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings.
32 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUMBERFORMAT%3AED_COMMENT 50 Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
3b cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUMBERFORMAT%3AED_DECIMALS 3c Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.
3b cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUMBERFORMAT%3ACB_SOURCEFORMAT 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
1f CUI_HID_NUMBERFORMAT_TBI_REMOVE 23 Deletes the selected number format.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
14 CUI_HID_NUMBERFORMAT 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
36 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUMBERFORMAT%3ALB_CURRENCY 71 Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency.
28 sw%3APushButton%3ATP_CHAR_URL%3APB_EVENT 3f Određuje događaj koji se aktivira kada kliknete na hiperlink.
f SW_HID_CHAR_URL 3b Dodjeljuje novi hiperlink ili ažurira određeni hiperlink.
27 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_CHAR_URL%3ALB_VISITED d5 Određivanje stila formatiranja upotrebe posjećenih linkova sa liste. Da dodate ili promjenite stil sa ove liste,  zatvorite dijaloški prozor, i kliknite Styles and Formatting ikonu na Oblikovanje alatnoj traci.
21 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_CHAR_URL%3AED_NAME 17 Unesite ime hiperlinka.
20 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_CHAR_URL%3AED_URL 49 Unesite URL za datoteku koju želite otvoriti kada kliknete na hiperlink.
2b sw%3AListBox%3ATP_CHAR_URL%3ALB_NOT_VISITED d9 Određivanje stila formatiranja upotrebe neposjećenih linkova sa liste. Da dodate ili promijenite stil sa ove liste,  zatvorite dijaloški prozor, i kliknite  Styles and Formatting ikonu na Oblikovanje alatnoj traci.
21 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_CHAR_URL%3AED_TEXT 39 Unesite tekst koji želite da bude prikazan za hiperlink.
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 3b Dodjeljuje novi hiperlink ili ažurira određeni hiperlink.
27 sw%3AComboBox%3ATP_CHAR_URL%3ALB_TARGET 73 Unesite ime okvira u kojem želite da se vezana datoteka otvori, ili odaberite unaprijed definirani frame sa liste.
26 sw%3APushButton%3ATP_CHAR_URL%3APB_URL 46 Pronađite datoteku za koju se želite vezati, i onda kliknite Otvori.
3c cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION%3ARB_NORMALPOS 2a Uklanja eksponent ili indeks formatiranja.
3a cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION%3ARB_HIGHPOS 50 Reducira veličinu fonta određenog teksta i povećava tekst iznad bazne linije.
10 .uno%3ASubScript 4f Reducira veličinu fonta određenog teksta i smanjuje tekst ispod bazne linije.
3b cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION%3ACB_PAIRKERNING 4c Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION%3AED_KERNING2 65 Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the character spacing for the selected text.
39 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION%3ARB_LOWPOS 4f Reducira veličinu fonta određenog teksta i smanjuje tekst ispod bazne linije.
3e cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION%3AMF_SCALE_WIDTH 66 Unesite procenat širine fonta za koliko želite horizontalno proširiti ili smanjiti određeni tekst.
12 .uno%3ASuperScript 50 Reducira veličinu fonta određenog teksta i povećava tekst iznad bazne linije.
37 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION%3ALB_KERNING2 ab Određuje rastojanje između karaktera određenog teksta. Za prošireno i zgusnuto razdvajanje, unesite količinu za koju želite proširiti ili skratiti tekst u by polju.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION%3AED_FONTSIZE 4d Unesite količinu za koju želite smanjiti veličinu fonta određenog teksta.
3a cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION%3AED_HIGHLOW 82 Unesite količinu za koliko se određeni tekst povećava ili smanjuje u odnosu na baznu liniju. Sto posto je jednako visini fonta.
1d CUI_HID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION 41 Određuje poziciju, povećanje, rotaciju, i rastojanje karaktera.
37 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_POSITION%3ACB_HIGHLOW 62 Automatski određuje za koliko se određeni tekst povećava ili smanjuje u odnosu na baznu liniju.
3b cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_TWOLINES%3AED_STARTBRACKET 85 Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
39 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_TWOLINES%3AED_ENDBRACKET 83 Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
38 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CHAR_TWOLINES%3ACB_TWOLINES 5a Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.
3c cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PARA_ASIAN%3ACB_AS_HANG_PUNC 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
3c cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PARA_ASIAN%3ACB_AS_FORBIDDEN 89 Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.
3f cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PARA_ASIAN%3ACB_AS_SCRIPT_SPACE 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
16 .uno%3AParagraphDialog 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
42 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH%3AED_LINEDISTPERCENT 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
3d cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH%3AED_LEFTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
1c CUI_HID_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH_STD 3d Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph.
3d cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH%3AED_BOTTOMDIST 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave below the selected paragraph(s).
3e cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH%3AED_RIGHTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.
3a cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH%3AED_TOPDIST 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
41 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH%3AED_LINEDISTMETRIC 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
34 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH%3ACB_AUTO 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
3e cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH%3AED_FLINEINDENT 12a Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position".
37 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH%3ALB_LINEDIST 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
33 cui%3AMetricBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3AED_TABPOS fa Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.
36 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3AED_FILLCHAR_OTHER 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
35 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_DELALL 80 Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.
3d cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_NEW 3c Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.
41 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE 3e Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.
3c cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_TABTYPE_LEFT 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
3f cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL 63 Aligns the decimal point of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.
37 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3AED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR 4e Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.
3e cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
3e cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_TABTYPE_CENTER 2e Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.
11 CUI_HID_TABULATOR 2e Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
3b cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_FILLCHAR_NO 5c Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.
3f cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS 3c Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.
43 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR%3ABTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE 41 Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
31 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BORDER%3ALB_LINECOLOR 46 Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).
32 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BORDER%3AMF_BOTTOM 65 Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.
1a CUI_HID_BORDER_CTL_PRESETS 2a Select a predefined border style to apply.
2d cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BORDER%3ACB_SYNC 5f Applies the same spacing to contents setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.
36 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BORDER%3AED_SHADOWSIZE 1e Enter the width of the shadow.
30 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BORDER%3AMF_LEFT 63 Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.
1a CUI_HID_BORDER_CTL_SHADOWS 2e Click a shadow style for the selected borders.
31 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BORDER%3AMF_RIGHT 64 Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BORDER%3ALB_SHADOWCOLOR 1e Select a color for the shadow.
31 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BORDER%3ALB_LINESTYLE 6b Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.
2f cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BORDER%3AMF_TOP 62 Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.
e CUI_HID_BORDER 43 Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BACKGROUND%3ALB_SELECTOR 35 Select the type of background that you want to apply.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BACKGROUND%3ALB_PARA_BOX 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
22 CUI_HID_BACKGROUND_CTL_BGDCOLORSET 62 Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click No Fill.
39 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BACKGROUND%3ABTN_POSITION 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
35 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BACKGROUND%3ABTN_PREVIEW 34 Displays or hides a preview of the selected graphic.
18 SVX_HID_POPUP_COLOR_CTRL 71 Click a color. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting color. Click Automatic to reset a font color.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BACKGROUND%3ALB_TBL_BOX 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
1f CUI_HID_BACKGROUND_CTL_POSITION 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
12 CUI_HID_BACKGROUND 24 Set the background color or graphic.
32 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BACKGROUND%3ABTN_LINK 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BACKGROUND%3ABTN_BROWSE 52 Locate the graphic file that you want to use as a background, and then click Open.
39 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BACKGROUND%3AMF_COL_TRANS 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
35 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BACKGROUND%3ABTN_AREA 4b Stretches the graphic to fill the entire background of the selected object.
35 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BACKGROUND%3ABTN_TILE 53 Repeats the graphic so that it covers the entire background of the selected object.
41 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH%3ABTN_CENTERALIGN 32 Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.
3f cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH%3ABTN_LEFTALIGN 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
2b sw%3AListBox%3ATP_COLUMN%3ALB_TEXTDIRECTION 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
1e CUI_HID_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH_ALIGN 44 Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
42 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH%3ABTN_JUSTIFYALIGN 3f Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.
33 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_FORMAT_TABLE%3ALB_TEXTORIENTATION 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
3e cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH%3ALB_TEXTDIRECTION 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
40 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH%3ABTN_RIGHTALIGN 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
38 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH%3ACB_EXPAND 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
39 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH%3ALB_LASTLINE 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
33 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3APB_ORGSIZE 32 Returns the selected graphic to its original size.
33 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3AMF_HEIGHT 28 Enter a height for the selected graphic.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3AMF_HEIGHTZOOM 39 Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.
31 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3AMF_LEFT 161 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
32 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3AMF_WIDTH 27 Enter a width for the selected graphic.
36 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3ARB_ZOOMCONST 68 Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.
36 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3ARB_SIZECONST 123 Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.
36 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3AMF_WIDTHZOOM 39 Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.
32 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3AMF_RIGHT 163 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
33 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3AMF_BOTTOM 151 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
30 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRFCROP%3AMF_TOP 14e If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
2b sfx2%3AListBox%3ATP_MANAGE_STYLES%3ALB_NEXT 102 Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to the paragraph that is created when you press Enter. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created.
31 sfx2%3AMultiLineEdit%3ATP_MANAGE_STYLES%3AED_DESC 3c Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.
16 SFX2_HID_MANAGE_STYLES 27 Set the options for the selected style.
28 sfx2%3AEdit%3ATP_MANAGE_STYLES%3AED_NAME a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
2b sfx2%3AListBox%3ATP_MANAGE_STYLES%3ALB_BASE 69 Select an existing style that you want to base the new style on, or select none to define your own style.
2c sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_MANAGE_STYLES%3ACB_AUTO b0 Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.
2d sfx2%3AListBox%3ATP_MANAGE_STYLES%3ALB_REGION 7f Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.
36 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3AED_PAPER_HEIGHT 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
2c cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ACB_ADAPT 86 Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.
2f cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ALB_TEXT_FLOW 40 Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3AED_BOTTOM_MARGIN 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ALB_PAPER_TRAY ea Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3AED_LEFT_MARGIN e7 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page.
13 CUI_HID_FORMAT_PAGE 73 Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ALB_PAPER_SIZE 85 Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Visina  and Širina  boxes.
33 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ARB_LANDSCAPE 4e Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.
2b cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ACB_HORZ 33 Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.
2f cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ACB_REGISTER 43 Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.
2e cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ALB_REGISTER dd Select the Paragraph Style that you want to use as a reference for lining up the text on the selected Page style. The height of the font that is specified in the reference style sets the spacing of the vertical page grid.
2b cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ACB_VERT 31 Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.
34 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3AED_TOP_MARGIN 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.
36 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3AED_RIGHT_MARGIN e8 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page.
32 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ARB_PORTRAIT 4c Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ALB_NUMBER_FORMAT 51 Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.
2c cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3ALB_LAYOUT 60 Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PAGE%3AED_PAPER_WIDTH 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
2f svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HEADER%3ACB_SHARED 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
33 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HEADER%3AED_RMARGIN 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the header.
15 SC_HID_SC_HEADER_EDIT 18 Add or edit header text.
33 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HEADER%3ACB_HEIGHT_DYN 51 Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.
15 SVX_HID_FORMAT_HEADER 78 Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
32 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HEADER%3AED_HEIGHT 2e Enter the height that you want for the header.
2f svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HEADER%3ACB_TURNON 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
33 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HEADER%3AED_LMARGIN 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the header.
30 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HEADER%3AED_DIST 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.
33 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HEADER%3ACB_DYNSPACING 76 Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.
32 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HEADER%3ABTN_EXTRAS 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.
2f svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
2f svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_TURNON 28 Adds a footer to the current page style.
33 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_RMARGIN 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer.
30 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_DIST 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.
33 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_HEIGHT_DYN 4c Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.
32 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_HEIGHT 29 Enter the height you want for the footer.
33 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_DYNSPACING 71 Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.
33 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_LMARGIN 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer.
15 SC_HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 18 Add or edit footer text.
32 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ABTN_EXTRAS 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.
15 SVX_HID_FORMAT_FOOTER 7b Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1c SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 40 Changes the selected western characters to uppercase characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToTitleCase 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 88 Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 40 Changes the selected western characters to lowercase characters.
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
29 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3AED_RIGHT_3 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3ALB_POSITION 2d Select where you want to place the ruby text.
29 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3AED_RIGHT_4 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
28 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3AED_LEFT_2 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
2f svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3APB_STYLIST 60 Opens the Styles and Formatting window where you can select a character style for the ruby text.
2f svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3ALB_CHAR_STYLE 2b Select a character style for the ruby text.
29 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3AED_RIGHT_1 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
28 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3AED_LEFT_1 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
28 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3AED_LEFT_3 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
28 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3AED_LEFT_4 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
29 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3AED_RIGHT_2 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2b svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_RUBY%3ALB_ADJUST 32 Select the horizontal alignment for the Ruby text.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
16 .uno%3AObjectAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
17 .uno%3AObjectAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
e .uno%3AAlignUp ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
f .uno%3AAlignTop ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
12 .uno%3AAlignMiddle a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
10 .uno%3AAlignDown b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 39 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
10 .uno%3ARightPara 3a Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara cd Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 44 Centers the contents of the cell between top and bottom of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
b .uno%3ABold 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
d .uno%3AItalic a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
10 .uno%3AUnderline 39 Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
10 .uno%3AStrikeout 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
f .uno%3AShadowed 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 60 Adjusts the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 63 Adjusts the width of the selected columns to match the width of the widest column in the selection.
18 .uno%3AStyleNewByExample 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
33 sfx2%3AComboBox%3ADLG_NEW_STYLE_BY_EXAMPLE%3ALB_COL 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
29 sw%3AEdit%3ADLG_SWDLG_STRINPUT%3AED_INPUT 37 Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click OK.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
32 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_OBJECT_NAME%3ANTD_EDT_NAME 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
1e SW_HID_FORMAT_NAME_OBJECT_NAME 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
1b SD_HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
10 .uno%3ANameGroup 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
39 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_OBJECT_TITLE_DESC%3ANTD_EDT_TITLE 7c Enter a title text. This short name is visible as an alternative tag in HTML format. Accessibility tools can read this text.
1d .uno%3AObjectTitleDescription 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
41 cui%3AMultiLineEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_OBJECT_TITLE_DESC%3ANTD_EDT_DESC e3 Enter a description text. The long description text can be entered to describe a complex object or group of objects to users with screen reader software. The description is visible as an alternative tag for accessibility tools.
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
11 .uno%3AXLineColor 1c Select a color for the line.
11 .uno%3AXLineStyle 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
33 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3ACB_SYMBOL_RATIO 53 Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.
2f cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3ALB_END_STYLE 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
31 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3ALB_START_STYLE 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
11 CUI_HID_LINE_LINE 93 Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
2b cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3ALB_COLOR 1c Select a color for the line.
36 cui%3AMenuButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3AMB_SYMBOL_BITMAP 3b Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.
36 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3AMF_SYMBOL_WIDTH 1d Enter a width for the symbol.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3AMTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT 71 Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque.
37 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3ATSB_CENTER_START 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
33 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3ACBX_SYNCHRONIZE 8a Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3AMF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT 1e Enter a height for the symbol.
35 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3ATSB_CENTER_END 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
39 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3AMTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3ALB_LINE_STYLE 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
10 .uno%3ALineWidth 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
3a cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3AMTR_FLD_START_WIDTH 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
38 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE%3AMTR_FLD_END_WIDTH 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3AMTR_FLD_LENGTH_2 1d Enter the length of the dash.
34 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ABTN_MODIFY 8a Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.
29 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_NAME%3AEDT_STRING d Enter a name.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3AMTR_FLD_LENGTH_1 1d Enter the length of the dash.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ALB_LINESTYLES 31 Select the style of line that you want to create.
35 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ANUM_FLD_2 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
31 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ABTN_ADD 34 Creates a new line style using the current settings.
35 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ANUM_FLD_1 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
10 CUI_HID_LINE_DEF 2c Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
33 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ABTN_SAVE 4b Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3AMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.
37 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ACBX_SYNCHRONIZE 45 Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ALB_TYPE_1 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
33 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ABTN_LOAD 1e Imports a list of line styles.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINE_DEF%3ALB_TYPE_2 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
36 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINEEND_DEF%3ABTN_SAVE 46 Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.
2f cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINEEND_DEF%3AEDT_NAME 2e Displays the name of the selected arrow style.
13 CUI_HID_LINE_ENDDEF 1c Edit or create arrow styles.
36 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINEEND_DEF%3ABTN_LOAD 1f Imports a list of arrow styles.
34 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINEEND_DEF%3ABTN_ADD 5d To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.
37 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINEEND_DEF%3ABTN_MODIFY 2d Changes the name of the selected arrow style.
35 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_LINEEND_DEF%3ALB_LINEENDS 39 Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
2e cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ALB_GRADIENT 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
36 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ALB_HATCHBCKGRDCOLOR 57 Click the color that you want to use as a background for the selected hatching pattern.
2b cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ALB_COLOR 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
2e cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ARBT_ROW 63 Horizontally offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
34 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ATSB_STEPCOUNT 5d Automatically determines the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.
11 CUI_HID_AREA_AREA 35 Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.
2f cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ATSB_TILE 2d Tiles the bitmap to fill the selected object.
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3AMTR_FLD_Y_SIZE 1e Enter a height for the bitmap.
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3AMTR_FLD_OFFSET 33 Enter the percentage to offset the rows or columns.
33 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ATSB_ORIGINAL 8d Retains the original size of the bitmap when filling the selected object. To resize the bitmap, clear this checkbox, and then click Relative.
30 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ATSB_SCALE fd Rescales the bitmap relative to the size of the selected object by the percentage values that you enter in the Width and Height boxes . Clear this checkbox to resize the selected object with the measurements that you enter in the Width and Height boxes.
31 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ARBT_COLUMN 61 Vertically offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
32 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ATSB_STRETCH 5a Stretches the bitmap to fill the selected object. To use this feature, clear the Tile box.
2e cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ALB_HATCHING 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
39 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ANUM_FLD_STEPCOUNT 4a Enter the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3AMTR_FLD_X_OFFSET 32 Enter the horizontal offset for tiling the bitmap.
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3AMTR_FLD_X_SIZE 1d Enter a width for the bitmap.
32 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ACB_HATCHBCKGRD 6d Applies a background color to the hatching pattern. Select this checkbox, and then click a color in the list.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3AMTR_FLD_Y_OFFSET 30 Enter the vertical offset for tiling the bitmap.
2c cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_AREA%3ALB_BITMAP 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
15 CUI_HID_AREA_GRADIENT 42 Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.
39 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3AMTR_COLOR_FROM 72 Enter the intensity for the color in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
33 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3ABTN_LOAD 23 Load a different list of gradients.
34 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3AMTR_ANGLE 31 Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.
31 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3ABTN_ADD 6f Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3ALB_COLOR_FROM 37 Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
38 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3ALB_GRADIENT_TYPES 2b Select the gradient that you want to apply.
32 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3ALB_COLOR_TO 30 Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
33 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3ABTN_SAVE 43 Saves the current list of gradients, so that you can load it later.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3AMTR_CENTER_X cc Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3AMTR_CENTER_Y c8 Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3AMTR_COLOR_TO 70 Enter the intensity for the color in the To box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3AMTR_BORDER 9c Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3ALB_GRADIENTS 3d Select the type of gradient that you want to apply or create.
34 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRADIENT%3ABTN_MODIFY 80 Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HATCH%3ALB_LINE_TYPE 34 Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.
2e cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HATCH%3ABTN_ADD 80 Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HATCH%3AMTR_FLD_ANGLE 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
12 CUI_HID_AREA_HATCH 4a Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HATCH%3ALB_HATCHINGS 6c Lists the available hatching patterns. Click the hatching pattern that you want to apply, and then click OK.
30 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HATCH%3ABTN_SAVE 4b Saves the current list of hatching patterns, so that you can load it later.
30 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HATCH%3ABTN_LOAD 2c Loads a different list of hatching patterns.
14 CUI_HID_TPHATCH_CTRL 4e Click a position in the grid to define the rotation angle for the hatch lines.
31 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HATCH%3ABTN_MODIFY 87 Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
38 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HATCH%3AMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
31 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HATCH%3ALB_LINE_COLOR 24 Select the color of the hatch lines.
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP%3ABTN_MODIFY 97 Replaces a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor with the current bitmap pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
31 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP%3ABTN_LOAD 22 Loads a different list of bitmaps.
38 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP%3ALB_BACKGROUND_COLOR 32 Select a background color for your bitmap pattern.
31 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP%3ABTN_SAVE 41 Saves the current list of bitmaps, so that you can load it later.
2d cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP%3ALB_COLOR 54 Select a foreground color, and then click in the grid to add a pixel to the pattern.
13 CUI_HID_AREA_BITMAP 95 Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP%3ABTN_IMPORT 80 Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click Open. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.
2f cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP%3ALB_BITMAPS 5b Select a bitmap in the list, and then click OK to apply the pattern to the selected object.
2f cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP%3ABTN_ADD 49 Adds a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor to the current list.
15 CUI_HID_TPSHADOW_CTRL 28 Click where you want to cast the shadow.
11 .uno%3AFillShadow c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ALB_SHADOW_COLOR 1e Select a color for the shadow.
39 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 52 Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.
3f cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT 64 Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.
38 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ATSB_SHOW_SHADOW 2d Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.
13 CUI_HID_AREA_SHADOW 55 Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
40 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3AMTR_TRGR_CENTER_X 2d Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.
41 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3AMTR_TRGR_END_VALUE 74 Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
3d cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3AMTR_TRGR_ANGLE 28 Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.
3f cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3ARBT_TRANS_LINEAR 8c Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
3c cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3ARBT_TRANS_OFF 1d Turns off color transparency.
43 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3AMTR_TRGR_START_VALUE 7b Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
41 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3ALB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES 40 Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.
3e cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3AMTR_TRANSPARENT 6e Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
41 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3ARBT_TRANS_GRADIENT 74 Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
3e cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3AMTR_TRGR_BORDER 6b Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.
40 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE%3AMTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y 2b Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
15 CUI_HID_PAGE_TEXTATTR 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
3e cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3ATSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 49 Proširuje visinu objekta širini teksta, ako je objekat manji od teksta.
36 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3AMTR_FLD_TOP 7f Unesite  količinu prostora koji želite ostaviti između gornje ivice crtanog ili tekstualnog objekta i gornje granica teksta.
1d CUI_HID_TEXTATTR_CTL_POSITION 2d Kliknite gdje želite smjestiti sidro teksta.
39 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3AMTR_FLD_BOTTOM 7d Unesite količinu prostora koji želite ostaviti između donje ivice crtanog ili tekstualnog objekta i donje granica teksta..
3a cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3ATSB_FIT_TO_SIZE 50 Mijenja veličinu teksta da stane u cijelo područje crtanja ili teksta objekta.
3c cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3ATSB_WORDWRAP_TEXT 64 Zamotava tekst koji ste dodali poslije duplog klikanja na prilagođeni oblik da stane unutar oblika.
38 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3AMTR_FLD_RIGHT 7c Unesite količinu prostora koji želite ostaviti između desne ivice crtanog ili tekstualnog objekta i desne granice teksta.
3c cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3ATSB_AUTOGROW_SIZE 6d Prilagođava veličinu prilagođenog oblika da bi stao tekst koji ste unijeli nakon duplog klikanja na oblik.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3AMTR_FLD_LEFT 74 Unesite prostora koji želite ostaviti između lijeve ivice crtanog ili tekstualnog objekta i lijeve granice teksta.
3d cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3ATSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 4a Proširuje širinu objekta širini teksta, ako je objekat manji od teksta.
36 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3ATSB_CONTOUR 53 Prilagođava tok teksta tako da se poklapa sa konturama označenog crtanog objekta.
39 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTATTR%3ATSB_FULL_WIDTH 48 Anchors the text to the full width of the drawing object or text object.
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 43 mijenja veličinu, pomiče, rotira, ili nakošava označeni objekt.
35 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3ALB_ANCHOR 0 
3d cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3AMTR_FLD_POS_X 6f Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
42 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3ATSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 39 Resizes the text to fit the width of the selected object.
3d cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3AMTR_FLD_WIDTH 25 Unesite širinu za označeni objekat.
13 CUI_HID_TPSIZE_CTRL 7d Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes.
36 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3ACBX_SCALE 3a Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.
35 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3ALB_ORIENT 0 
3e cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3ATSB_POSPROTECT 3f Čuva od promjena u veličini ili poziciji označenih objekata.
17 CUI_HID_TPPOSITION_CTRL f0 Kliknite na baznu tačku u koordinatama, a zatim unesite iznos za koji želite pomjeriti objekat u odnosu na baznu tačku označenu u Position Y i Position X polju. PREVEDI:The bas pointer korespondent to the selection handles on an object.
3e cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3AMTR_FLD_HEIGHT 24 Unesite visinu za označeni objekat.
3f cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3ATSB_SIZEPROTECT 29 Spriječava mijenjanje veličine objekta.
3d cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3AMTR_FLD_POS_Y 6d Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
43 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE%3ATSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 3a Resizes the text to fit the height of the selected object.
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ANGLE%3AMTR_FLD_ANGLE 3f Unijeti broj stepeni za koji želite rotirat označeni objekat.
18 CUI_HID_TPROTATION_CTRL2 40 Kliknite da označite rotacioni ugao u umnošcima od 45 stepeni.
18 CUI_HID_TPROTATION_CTRL1 2c Kliknite gdje želite postaviti pivot tačku
13 CUI_HID_TRANS_ANGLE 18 Rotira označeni objekt.
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ANGLE%3AMTR_FLD_POS_Y 44 Unesi vertikalno rastojanje od lijeve ivice stranice do pivot tačke
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ANGLE%3AMTR_FLD_POS_X 46 Unesi horizontalno rastojanje od lijeve ivice stranice do pivot tačke
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SLANT%3AMTR_FLD_ANGLE 1c Unesi ugao kosine prema osi.
36 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SLANT%3AMTR_FLD_RADIUS 40 Unesite prečnik kruga koji želite koristiti za rotiranje ugla.
13 CUI_HID_TRANS_SLANT 43 Kosina označenog objekta, ili okretanja ugla pravougaonog objekta.
30 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CAPTION%3ACB_LAENGE 46 Kliknite ovdje za prikazivanje linije jednog ugla u optimalnom pravcu.
2f cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CAPTION%3ALB_ANSATZ 4e Označite odakle želite produžiti pozivnu liniju u odnosu na pozivni prozor.
2f cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CAPTION%3ALB_WINKEL 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
33 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CAPTION%3AMF_ANSATZ 4e Označite odakle želite produžiti pozivnu liniju u odnosu na pozivni prozor.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CAPTION%3ALB_ANSATZ_REL 4e Označite odakle želite produžiti pozivnu liniju u odnosu na pozivni prozor.
33 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CAPTION%3AMF_LAENGE 66 Unesite segment dužine linije poziva koji produžujete od pozivnog prozora da uticajne tačke linije.
34 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_CAPTION%3AMF_ABSTAND 6a Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.
18 CUI_HID_CAPTION_CTL_TYPE 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 37 Okreće označeni objekat horizontalno ili vertikalno..
1b .uno%3AObjectMirrorVertical 3b Okreće označene objekte horizontalno, preko vrha ili dna.
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 3b Okreće označene objekte horizontalno, preko vrha ili dna.
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 2d Okreće označene objekte od lijevo ka desno.
11 .uno%3AMirrorHorz 2d Okreće označene objekte od lijevo ka desno.
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
12 .uno%3AArrangeMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
17 .uno%3AArrangeFrameMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
13 .uno%3ABringToFront 60 Pomjera označene objekte prema vrhu u stack redu, tako da je taj objekat ispred drugog objekta.
e .uno%3AForward 50 Pomjera označeni objekat za jedan nivo gore, tako da je bliže vrhu stack reda.
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 50 Pomjera označeni objekat za jedan nivo gore, tako da je bliže vrhu stack reda.
f .uno%3ABackward 4b Pomjera označeni objekat jedan nivo dole, tako da je niže dnu stack reda.
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 4b Pomjera označeni objekat jedan nivo dole, tako da je niže dnu stack reda.
11 .uno%3ASendToBack 4f Pomjera označeni objekat prema dnu stack reda, tako da je iza drugih objekata.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 28 Pomjera označeni objekat ispred teksta.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 25 Pomjera označeni objekat iza teksta.
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 33 Sets the anchoring options for the selected object.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
1f SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_SHADOW_OFF 32 Briše efekte sjene koje ste primijenili na tekst.
21 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_STYLE_ROTATE 4a Koristi gornju ili donju ivicu označenog objekta kao baznu liniju teksta.
24 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_AUTOSIZE 36 Mijenja veličinu teksta prema veličini bazne linije.
20 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_LEFT 35 Poravnava tekst na lijevu stranu bazne linije teksta.
f .uno%3AFontWork 66 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
3a svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK%3AMTR_FLD_SHADOW_X 3f Unesite horizontalno rastojanje između teksta i sjenke teksta.
21 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_STYLE_SLANTX 2d Horizontalno kosi karaktere teksta u objektu.
36 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK%3ACLB_SHADOW_COLOR 20 Izaberite boju za sjenku teksta.
1c SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_OUTLINE 39 Pokazuje ili skriva granice individualnih slova u tekstu.
22 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_CENTER 26 Centrira tekst na baznu liniju teksta.
3a svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK%3AMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 58 Unesite prostor koji želite ostaviti između bazne linije teksta i baznih slova teksta.
3b svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK%3AMTR_FLD_TEXTSTART 6d Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
1e SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_STYLE_OFF 22 Uklanja formatiranje bazne linije.
3a svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK%3AMTR_FLD_SHADOW_Y 3d Unesite vertikalno rastojanje između teksta i sjenke teksta.
21 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_SHADOW_SLANT 87 Dodaje iskošenu sjenu tekstu u označenom objektu. Kliknite ovo dugme, a zatim unesite dimenzije sjene uDistance X i Distance Y polja.
21 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_RIGHT 34 Ravna tekst prema desnoj strani bazne linije teksta.
22 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_SHADOW_NORMAL 88 Dodaje iskošenu sjenu tekstu u označenom objektu. Kliknite ovo dugme, a zatim unesite dimenzije sjene u Distance X i Distance Y polja.
1a SVX_HID_FONTWORK_CTL_FORMS 3d Kliknite oblik bazne linije koji želite koristiti za  tekst.
21 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_STYLE_SLANTY 2b Vertikalno kosi karaktere teksta u objektu.
1d SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_SHOWFORM 47 Pokazuje ili skriva bazne linije teksta, ili rubove označenog objekta.
22 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_MIRROR a5 Obrće smjer kretanja teksta, i okreće tekst horizontalno ili vertikalno. Za korištenje ove komande, morate prvenstveno primijeniti različite bazne linije teksta.
22 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_STYLE_UPRIGHT 7d Koristi gornju ili donji ivicu objekta kao baznu liniju teksta i čuva originalni vertikalni poredak individualnih karaktera.
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 67 Grupe čuvaju zajedno označene objekte tako da oni mogu biti uređivani i pomjereni kao jedan objekat.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 4d Grupiše individualne objekte tako da mogu biti pomjereni kao jedan objekat..
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 31 Razdvaja označenu grupu na individualne objekte.
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup a6 Otvara označenu grupu, tako da možete uređivati individualne objekte. Ako označena grupa sadrži ugniježdene objekte, možete ponavljati ovu komandu na podgrupe.
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 56 napušta grupu, tako da više ne možete uređivati individualne objekte unutar grupe.
3f cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ATSB_STOP_INSIDE 30 Text ostaje vidljiv nakon što se efekt postavi.
3b cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ATSB_ENDLESS 27 Pušta animaciju u beskonačnoj petlji.
35 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ALB_EFFECT 86 Označite efekt animacije koji želite primijeniti na tekst u označenom objektu. Za uklanjanje efekta animacije, označite No Effect.
39 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ABTN_RIGHT 20 Pomjera tekst s lijeva na desno.
40 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ATSB_START_INSIDE 3a Tekst je vidljiv unutra crteža kada je efekat primijenjen
38 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ABTN_DOWN 21 Pomjera tekst od gore prema dole.
39 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ATSB_PIXEL 1d Povećava se u pikselu mjera.
38 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ABTN_LEFT 21 Pomiče tekst sa lijeva na desno.
36 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ABTN_UP 21 Pomjera tekst od dole prema gore.
3d cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3AMTR_FLD_DELAY 44 Unesite količinu vremena da čekate prije nego što ponovite efekt.
3e cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3AMTR_FLD_AMOUNT 3b Unesite broj povećavanja po kojima će te pomjerati tekst.
38 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ATSB_AUTO 9b $[officename] određuje koliko čekati da se ponovi efekt. Da ručno dodijelite vrijednost, izbrišite ovo polje, i unesite vrijednost u  Automatski polje.
29 cui%3ATabPage%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION 3f Dodaje efekat animacije tekstu u označenom  nacrtanom objektu.
3e cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION%3ANUM_FLD_COUNT 33 Unesite koliko puta želite da se animacija ponovi.
1e DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ROWHEIGHT 37 Izmjenjuje visinu trenutnog reda, ili izabranih redova.
2e sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_ROW_MAN%3ABTN_DEFVAL 39 Automatski postavi visinu reda ovisno od trenutnog fonta.
2f sc%3AMetricField%3ARID_SCDLG_ROW_MAN%3AED_VALUE 2e Unesite visinu reda koju želite da koristite.
31 dbaccess%3AMetricField%3ADLG_ROWHEIGHT%3AMF_VALUE 2e Unesite visinu reda koju želite da koristite.
10 .uno%3ARowHeight 37 Izmjenjuje visinu trenutnog reda, ili izabranih redova.
31 dbaccess%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_ROWHEIGHT%3ACB_STANDARD 39 Automatski postavi visinu reda ovisno od trenutnog fonta.
30 dbaccess%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COLWIDTH%3AMF_VALUE 28 Unesite vrijednost širine koju želite.
12 .uno%3AColumnWidth 30 Postavlja širinu trenutne ili trenutnih kolona.
2f sc%3AMetricField%3ARID_SCDLG_COL_MAN%3AED_VALUE 28 Unesite vrijednost širine koju želite.
30 dbaccess%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_COLWIDTH%3ACB_STANDARD 32 Automatski postavi širinu kolone ovisno od fonta.
2e sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_COL_MAN%3ABTN_DEFVAL 32 Automatski postavi širinu kolone ovisno od fonta.
20 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_COLUMNWIDTH 30 Postavlja širinu trenutne ili trenutnih kolona.
11 CUI_HID_ALIGNMENT 57 Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
3e cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT%3ABTN_ASIAN_VERTICAL 137 Poravnava azijske karaktere jedan ispod drugog u izabranoj ćeliji(jama). Ako ćelija sadrži više od jedne linije teksta, linije su pretvorene u tekst kolone koje su aranžirane od desna na lijevo. Zapadnjački karakteri su pretvoreni u tekst i rotirani za 90 stepeni na desno. Azijski karakteri nisu rotirani
37 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT%3ANF_DEGREES 42 Unesite rotacioni ugao za rotiranje teksta unutar izabrane ćelije
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT%3ALB_VERALIGN 51 Postavlja vertikalno poravnanje koju izaberete da primijenite na sadržaj ćelije
36 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT%3ABTN_SHRINK 93 Smanji očiti prikaz fonta da ukupan tekst stane unutar ćelije po trenutnoj širini. Ne možete ovo aplicirati svakoj ćeliji koja sadrži prelom.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT%3ALB_HORALIGN 53 Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
34 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT%3ABTN_HYPH 3c Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.
1a CUI_HID_ALIGNMENT_CTR_DIAL 2f Kliknite na kontrolu da izaberete orijentaciju.
35 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT%3AED_INDENT 44 Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.
34 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT%3ABTN_WRAP 33 Zamotava tekst unutar linije na ćelijskim ivicama.
21 CUI_HID_ALIGNMENT_CTR_BORDER_LOCK 3a Izaberite koja ivica od koje će te pisati rotirani tekst.
3a cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT%3ABTN_TXTSTACKED 1d Vertikalno nastranjuje tekst.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 1f Idi na prethodni unos u tabeli.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_TABBROWSER 87 Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_NUMBEROFRECORDS b7 Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 1a Idi na prvi unos u tabeli.
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
20 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT 1e Formatira trenutni red/redove.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT 1a Formatira izabrane kolone.
f .uno%3AWindow3D 2a Osobine 3D objekata u trenutnom dokumentu.
33 svx%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ANUM_VERTICAL 57 Unesi broj vertikalnih segmenta koji će se koristiti u izabranom 3D rotacionom objektu
2d svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_GEO 25 Postavlja oblik izabranog 3D objekta.
35 svx%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ANUM_HORIZONTAL 5c Unesite broj horizontalnih segmenta koji će se koristiti u izabranom 3D rotacionom objektu.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_NORMALS_INVERT 1a Izvrće izvore svjetlosti.
33 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_END_ANGLE 4b Unesi ugao rotacije u stepenima da se rotira izabrani 3D rotacioni objekat.
3a svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_PERCENT_DIAGONAL 39 Unesite koliko da se zarube rubovi izabranih 3D objekata.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_NORMALS_FLAT 23 Iscrtava 3D površinu kao poligone.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_NORMALS_SPHERE 1d Iscrtava glatku 3D površinu.
3c svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TWO_SIDED_LIGHTING 89 Osvjetljava objekat izvana i iznutra. Da bi ste koristili ambijentalni izvor svjetlosti, kliknite ovo dugme, onda Izvrnute normale dugme.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_DOUBLE_SIDED 5d Zatvara oblik 3D objekta koji je napravljen izduživanjem slobodne linije (Pretvori - To 3D).
35 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_NORMALS_OBJ 6b Iscrtava 3D površinu prema obliku objekta. Npr., cirkularni oblici se iscrtavaju sa sferičnom površinom.
33 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_BACKSCALE 6c Unesite vrijednost po kojoj će se povećati ili smanjiti površina na prednjoj strani izabranog 3D objekta.
2f svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_DEPTH 60 Unesi ekstruzijsku dubinu izabranog 3D objekta. Ova opcija nije validna za 3D rotacione objekte.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_REPRESENTATION 3b Postavlja sjenčenje i opcije sjena za izabrani 3D objekat.
36 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_FOCAL_LENGTH 6f Unesite fokusnu dužinu kamere, gdje mala vrijednost korespondira "fisheye" sočivu, a veća telephoto sočivu.
2f svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_SLANT 2f Unesi ugao od 0 do 90 stepeni za bacanje sjena.
33 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_SHADOW_3D 30 Dodaje ili briše sjenu sa izabranog 3D objekta.
32 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_DISTANCE 48 Unesi udaljenost da se ostavi između kamere i centra izabranog objekta.
2e svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_SHADEMODE 136 Izaberite metodu sjenčenja koju želite koristiti. Ravno sjenčenje dodjeluje jednu boju jednom poligonu na površini objekta. Gouraud sjenčenje mješa boje preko poligona. Phong sjenčenje nalazi prosječnu boju svakog piksela bazirano na pikselima koji ga okružuju i zahtijeva najviše snage procesiranja.
35 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_COLOR 27 Izaberite boju za ambijentalno svjetlo.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_2 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_4 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
2f svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT 31 Deiniše svjetlosni izvor za izabrani 3D objekat.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_1 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_6 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_7 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_3 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
2c svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_LIGHT_1 2d Izaberite boju za trenutni svjetlostni izvor.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_8 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_5 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_AMBIENTLIGHT 27 Izaberite boju za ambijentalno svjetlo.
33 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_COLOR 19 Pretvara teksturu u boju.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEXTURE 12e Postavlja osobine površinske teksture izabranog 3D objekta. Ova osobina je omogućena samo nakon što postavite površinske teksture za izabrani objekat. Da brzo primijenite površinsku teksturu, otvorite Galerija, držite Shift+Ctrl (Mac: Shift+Command) i potom povucite sliku na izabrani 3D objekat.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_PARALLEL_X 2f Postavlja teksturu paralelno horizontalnoj osi.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_OBJECT_X 43 Automatski namješta teksturu na osnovu oblika i veličine objekta.
35 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_REPLACE 21 Primjeni teksturu bez sjenčenja.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_PARALLEL_Y 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_CIRCLE_X 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_OBJECT_Y 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
34 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_FILTER 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_CIRCLE_Y 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
37 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_LUMINANCE 20 Pretvara teksturu u crno bijelu.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_MODULATE 7a Primjenjuje teksturu bez sjenčenja. Da definišete opcije sjene za teksturu, pritisnite Sjenčenja dugme u ovom dijalogu.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_SPECULAR_COLOR 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
32 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_MATERIAL 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
31 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_MAT_SPECULAR 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_EMISSION_COLOR 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
31 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_MAT_EMISSION 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
40 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_MAT_SPECULAR_INTENSITY 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
33 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_MAT_COLOR 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
2e svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_MAT_COLOR 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
32 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_MAT_FAVORITES 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
3d cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE%3ABTN_VER_DISTANCE 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
39 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE%3ABTN_HOR_LEFT 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
38 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE%3ABTN_VER_TOP 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
3b cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE%3ABTN_VER_BOTTOM 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
3a cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE%3ABTN_HOR_RIGHT 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
39 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE%3ABTN_VER_NONE 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
3b cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE%3ABTN_VER_CENTER 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
3b cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE%3ABTN_HOR_CENTER 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
39 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE%3ABTN_HOR_NONE 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
3d cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE%3ABTN_HOR_DISTANCE 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1f CUI_HID_SPLDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
20 CUI_HID_SPLDLG_BUTTON_IGNORERULE 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3ALB_LANGUAGE 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
39 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3ACB_CHECK_GRAMMAR 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3APB_UNDO 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
37 cui%3AMenuButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3AMB_ADDTODICT 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
35 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3ALB_SUGGESTION 80 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Change or Change All.
1f .uno%3ASpellingAndGrammarDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
1c CUI_HID_SPLDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
38 cui%3AMultiLineEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3AED_NEWWORD 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
35 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3APB_OPTIONS 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
1f CUI_HID_SPLDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL 63 Skips all occurrences of the unknown word in the entire document and continues with the spellcheck.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK%3APB_AUTOCORR 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
1c CUI_HID_SPLDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
35 svx%3AMenuButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3AMB_LANGUAGE 24 Select a language for the thesaurus.
16 .uno%3AThesaurusDialog 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
2b svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3AED_REPL af The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box.
33 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3ABTN_LEFT 3d Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box.
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
2f svx%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3ACB_WORD b6 Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text.
1c CUI_HID_CT_THES_ALTERNATIVES c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
30 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ABTN_EXEC 74 Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
1b SVX_HID_BMPMASK_TBI_PIPETTE 8d Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.
2d svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ASP_3 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
29 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ALB_1 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
1b SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_PIPETTE a5 Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.
2d svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ASP_4 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
1a SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_QCOL_1 af Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image.
2d svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ALB_TRANS 47 Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ACBX_4 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ACBX_3 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
2d svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ASP_2 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ACBX_2 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ACBX_1 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
e .uno%3ABmpMask 5f Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
2f svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ACBX_TRANS 4f Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
29 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ALB_3 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
29 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ALB_4 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
2d svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ASP_1 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
29 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ALB_2 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 3e Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOFMT_APPLY%3APB_EDIT 29 Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option.
20 CUI_HID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_OPTIONS 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
1c CUI_HID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_CLB 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
1e CUI_HID_OFAPAGE_AUTOFORMAT_CLB 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
1f CUI_HID_OFAPAGE_AUTOFMT_OPTIONS 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
20 CUI_HID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE 6e Edits the replacement table for automatically correcting or replacing words or abbreviations in your document.
1f CUI_HID_OFACTL_AUTOCORR_REPLACE 12f Lists the entries for automatically replacing words or abbreviations while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete.
34 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE%3AED_SHORT 47 Enter the word or abbreviation that you want to replace while you type.
40 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE%3APB_NEW_REPLACE 33 Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table.
36 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE%3AED_REPLACE f3 Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.
3c cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_REPLACE%3ACB_TEXT_ONLY 85 Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.
41 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3APB_NEWDOUBLECAPS 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
34 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3AED_ABBREV d3 Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
3d cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3APB_NEWABBREV 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
1f CUI_HID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT 6d Specify the abbreviations or letter combinations that you do not want $[officename] to correct automatically.
3c cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3ACB_AUTOABBREV 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
39 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3AED_DOUBLE_CAPS ce Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc.
3a cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3ACB_AUTOCAPS 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
3c cui%3AListBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3ALB_DOUBLE_CAPS b3 Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters are listed in the field.
37 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_EXCEPT%3ALB_ABBREV 3d Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.
19 CUI_HID_AUTOCORR_LANGUAGE 4f Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules.
3a cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_DBL_STD 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
39 cui%3ACheckbox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3ACB_SGL_TYPO 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
3d cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_STARTQUOTE 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
3a cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_SGL_STD 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
41 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_SGL_STARTQUOTE 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
1c CUI_HID_OFAPAGE_QUOTE_SW_CLB 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
3b cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_ENDQUOTE 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
3f cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3APB_SGL_ENDQUOTE 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
35 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE%3ACB_TYPO 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
1a SW_HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
15 SW_HID_LINGU_ADD_WORD 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
19 SW_HID_LINGU_SPELLING_DLG 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
22 EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_IGNORE 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
23 EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_ADDWORD 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
1a SW_HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
27 EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_AUTOCORRECT 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
14 SW_HID_LINGU_REPLACE 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
15 SW_HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
21 EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_START 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
18 SW_HID_LINGU_IGNORE_WORD 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
43 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ACB_APPEND_SPACE 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
3c cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ACB_ACTIV 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
42 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ACB_REMOVE_LIST f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
46 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ANF_MAX_ENTRIES 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
42 cui%3AMultiListBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ALB_ENTRIES ed Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
3d cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ACB_AS_TIP 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
46 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ANF_MIN_WORDLEN 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
3e cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ACB_COLLECT 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
40 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3APB_ENTRIES 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
41 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS%3ADCB_EXPAND_KEY 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
38 SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_OFAPAGE_SMARTTAG_OPTIONS_PB_SMARTTAGS 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
36 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_SMARTTAG_OPTIONS_CB_SMARTTAGS 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
14 .uno%3AOutlineBullet 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
20 .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDialog 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
17 CUI_HID_VALUESET_BULLET 2c Click the bullet style that you want to use.
1a CUI_HID_VALUESET_SINGLENUM 2f Click the numbering style that you want to use.
14 CUI_HID_VALUESET_NUM 2d Click the outline style that you want to use.
31 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_PICK_BMP%3ACB_LINKED 6c If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.
17 CUI_HID_VALUESET_NUMBMP 33 Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.
30 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3AED_PREFIX 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
33 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3ACB_RATIO 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3APB_BULLET 4a Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.
36 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3ALB_BUL_COLOR 2f Select a color for the current numbering style.
37 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3AED_START 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3ALB_ORIENT 2c Select the alignment option for the graphic.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3ALB_CHARFMT 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
3b cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3ANF_ALL_LEVEL 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
36 cui%3AMenuButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3AMB_BITMAP 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
36 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3AMF_WIDTH 1e Enter a width for the graphic.
37 cui%3AMultiListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3ALB_LEVEL 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
3d cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3AMF_BUL_REL_SIZE 7b Enter the amount by which you want to resize the bullet character with respect to the font height of the current paragraph.
37 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3AMF_HEIGHT 1f Enter a height for the graphic.
30 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3AED_SUFFIX a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS%3ALB_FMT 31 Select a numbering style for the selected levels.
2f sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_NUM_POSITION%3AMF_NUMDIST 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
38 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3AMF_INDENT 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3ALB_ALIGN 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
2e sw%3AMultiListBox%3ATP_NUM_POSITION%3ALB_LEVEL 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
3b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3AMF_INDENT_AT 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
37 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3ACB_RELATIVE 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
39 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3AMF_NUMDIST 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
3c cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3AMF_BORDERDIST f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
2e sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_NUM_POSITION%3AMF_INDENT 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
32 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_NUM_POSITION%3AMF_BORDERDIST f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
2d sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_NUM_POSITION%3ACB_RELATIVE 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
38 cui%3AMultiListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3ALB_LEVEL 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
3c cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3AMF_ALIGNED_AT 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
2f sw%3APushButton%3ATP_NUM_POSITION%3APB_STANDARD 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
35 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3ALB_ALIGN_2 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
39 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3AMF_LISTTAB 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
3f cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3ALB_LABEL_FOLLOWED_BY 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
29 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_NUM_POSITION%3ALB_ALIGN 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
39 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_NUM_POSITION%3APB_STANDARD 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
33 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_MODULS%3ARID_PB_NEWDLG 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
18 BASCTL_HID_BASICIDE_LIBS a1 Otvara datoteke i module u kojima mozete otvoriti ili spasiti svoje makroe. Da spasite makro u zeljenom dokumentu, otvorite dokument i onda otvorite ovaj dialog.
34 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_MACROCHOOSER%3ARID_PB_EDIT 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
33 basctl%3AEdit%3ARID_MACROCHOOSER%3ARID_ED_MACRONAME 5a Prikaze ime selektovanog makroa.Da napravite ili promjenite ime makroa, upisite ime ovdje.
31 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_MODULS%3ARID_PB_EDIT 32 Otvara selektovani makro ili dialog za editovanje.
31 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_LIBS%3ARID_PB_NEWLIB 15 Kreira novu datoteku.
36 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_MACROCHOOSER%3ARID_PB_NEWMOD 29 Saves the recorded macro in a new module.
33 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_LIBS%3ARID_PB_PASSWORD 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
2f basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_LIBS%3ARID_PB_EDIT 54 Otvara$[officename] Osnovni editor tako da mozete modifikovati selektovanu datoteku.
33 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_MACROCHOOSER%3ARID_PB_RUN 23 Pokrece ili spasava trenutni makro.
2f basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_DLGS%3ARID_PB_EDIT 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
2e basctl%3AListBox%3ARID_TP_LIBS%3ARID_LB_BASICS 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
31 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_DLGS%3ARID_PB_NEWDLG 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
33 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_MACROCHOOSER%3ARID_PB_ORG 79 OtvaraMakro Organizator dialog, sa kojim mozete dodati editovati ili obrisati postojece makro module, dialoge i datoteke.
36 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_MACROCHOOSER%3ARID_PB_ASSIGN 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER%3ASF_PB_DEL 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
2f basctl%3AEdit%3ARID_DLG_NEWLIB%3ARID_ED_LIBNAME 2b Enter a name for the new library or module.
39 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER%3ASF_PB_CREATE 15 Creates a new script.
1d BASCTL_HID_BASICIDE_LIBS_TREE 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
39 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER%3ASF_PB_RENAME 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
31 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_LIBS%3ARID_PB_APPEND 64 Lociraj$[officename] Osnovnu datoteku koji zelite dodati trenutnoj listi, i onda kliknite na Otvori.
36 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_MACROCHOOSER%3ARID_PB_NEWLIB 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
37 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER%3ASF_PB_EDIT 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
33 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_MACROCHOOSER%3ARID_PB_DEL 2e Kreira novi makro ili brise selektovani makro.
12 CUI_HID_SCRIPTSBOX 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
33 basctl%3APushButton%3ARID_TP_MODULS%3ARID_PB_NEWMOD 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
20 BASCTL_HID_BASICIDE_MODULES_TREE 25 Izlistava postojece dialoge i makroe.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER%3ASF_PB_RUN 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
1a BASCTL_HID_BASICIDE_MACROS 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 18 Stops recording a macro.
33 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_PASSWORD%3AED_REPEAT_PASSWD 32 Reenter the new password for the selected library.
10 SVX_HID_PASSWORD 24 Stiti odabranu datoteku sa lozinkom.
30 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_PASSWORD%3AED_OLD_PASSWD 2c Unesi trenutnu lozinku za odabranu datoteku.
30 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_PASSWORD%3AED_NEW_PASSWD 28 Unesi novu lozinku za odabranu datoteku.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
20 BASCTL_HID_BASICIDE_LIBSDLG_TREE 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
2e basctl%3ACheckBox%3ARID_DLG_LIBS%3ARID_CB_REPL 34 Trenutna datoteka ce zamijeniti onu sa istim imenom.
2d basctl%3ACheckBox%3ARID_DLG_LIBS%3ARID_CB_REF 68 Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start %PRODUCTNAME.
16 .uno%3AConfigureDialog 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
37 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MENUS%3ABTN_ADD_COMMANDS 7d Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
31 cui%3AMenuButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MENUS%3ABTN_CHANGE 29 Opens a submenu with additional commands.
2e cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MENUS%3ABTN_NEW 71 Opens the New Menu dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
1b CUI_HID_SELECTOR_CATEGORIES 5e Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
35 cui%3AImageButton%3AMD_MENU_ORGANISER%3ABTN_MENU_DOWN 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
33 cui%3AImageButton%3AMD_MENU_ORGANISER%3ABTN_MENU_UP 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
37 cui%3AMenuButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MENUS%3ABTN_CHANGE_ENTRY 2f Opens a menu that contains additional commands.
19 CUI_HID_SELECTOR_COMMANDS 5e Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
2c cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MENUS%3ALB_MENUS 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
2d cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MENUS%3ALB_SAVEIN 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
2f cui%3AEdit%3AMD_MENU_ORGANISER%3AEDIT_MENU_NAME 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
1f CUI_HID_SVX_CONFIG_MENU_LISTBOX 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
34 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_KEYBOARD%3ARB_MODULE 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_KEYBOARD%3ABTN_SAVE 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
38 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_KEYBOARD%3ABTN_ACC_CHANGE 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
33 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_KEYBOARD%3ABTN_RESET 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_KEYBOARD%3ABTN_LOAD 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
38 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_KEYBOARD%3ABTN_ACC_REMOVE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
22 CUI_HID_CONFIGFUNCTION_ACC_LISTBOX dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
34 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_KEYBOARD%3ARB_OFFICE 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
1b CUI_HID_ACCELCONFIG_LISTBOX be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
14 CUI_HID_CONFIG_ACCEL 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
1f CUI_HID_CONFIGGROUP_ACC_LISTBOX 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
13 CUI_HID_SVX_SAVE_IN 49 Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.
1f CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR_ITEM 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
2e cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MENUS%3ABTN_UP 27 Moves the selected item up in the list.
1a CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
17 CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR 6c Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
30 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MENUS%3ABTN_DOWN 29 Moves the selected item down in the list.
1c CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR_ITEM 79 Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog.
2f cui%3APushButton%3AMD_ICONSELECTOR%3ABTN_DELETE 58 Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.
2f cui%3APushButton%3AMD_ICONSELECTOR%3ABTN_IMPORT 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
12 .uno%3ATableEvents 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
31 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_EVENTS%3APB_ASSIGN 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
31 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_EVENTS%3APB_DELETE 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MACROASSIGN%3APB_ASSIGN 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
1a CUI_HID_SVX_MACRO_LB_EVENT b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_MACROASSIGN%3APB_DELETE 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
2e cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_EVENTS%3ALB_SAVEIN 59 Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.
25 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_SETTINGS_DIALOG 27 Displays the help page for this dialog.
1a FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_SAVE 56 Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
1a FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
1c FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_DELETE 44 Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
1b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_CLOSE 12 Closes the dialog.
1a FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_OPEN 4d Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
1a FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_EDIT 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
19 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_NEW 2d Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
1a FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_LIST 3a Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.
23 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TABPAGE_BASIC 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
1f FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_EXTENSION 99 Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.
1a FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_NAME 5a Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialog.
21 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_DESCRIPTION 1b Enter a comment (optional).
21 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_APPLICATION 3c Select the application that you want to use with the filter.
24 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_INTERFACE_NAME 4d Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
1d FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_DOCTYPE 22 Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.
28 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_IMPORT_XSLT_BROWSE 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
28 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_EXPORT_XSLT_BROWSE 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
21 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_IMPORT_XSLT 6b If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.
19 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_DTD 6e If you want, enter the public or system identifier of the DTD (Document Type Definition) that you want to use.
25 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_IMPORT_TEMPLATE 7b Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.
21 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_EXPORT_XSLT 6b If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.
2c FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_IMPORT_TEMPLATE_BROWSE 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
20 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_DTD_BROWSE 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
2b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_XSLT_FILE 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
28 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
29 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT d9 The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
28 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_BROWSE 93 Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
2d FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT_FILE 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
2f FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_TEMPLATE_FILE 57 Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
30 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_DISPLAY_SOURCE 8f Opens the XML Filter output window, where the XML source of the selected document is displayed. The document is used to test the import filter.
2b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_XSLT_FILE 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
28 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE 5f Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
23 FILTER_HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE 37 Validates the contents of the XML Filter output window.
23 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
29 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_VALIDATE_OUPUT 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
22 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
1f CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE 6d No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.
43 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ACB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
1f CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
43 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_SIMPLE_CONVERSION 41 The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.
48 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANJA_HANGUL_BRACKETED 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
20 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_OPTIONS 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
44 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANJA_HANGUL_ABOVE 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
44 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANJA_HANGUL_BELOW 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
22 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS_GRID 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
1e CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE 12 Closes the dialog.
44 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANGUL_HANJA_ABOVE 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
22 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS_LIST 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
39 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ACB_HANJA_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
3a cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ACB_HANGUL_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
1d CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
22 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
48 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANGUL_HANJA_BRACKETED 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
35 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3APB_FIND 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
44 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANGUL_HANJA_BELOW 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
18 CUI_HID_SPELLDLG_SETWORD 1f Displays the current selection.
1e CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_EDIT_NEWWORD 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
3f cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT%3APB_HHO_DELETE 2d Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.
3d cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT%3APB_HHO_EDIT 57 Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
3c cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT%3APB_HHO_NEW 4b Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
3d cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT%3ACB_IGNOREPOST 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
44 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT%3ACB_SHOWRECENTLYFIRST 60 Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.
20 CUI_HID_HANGULHANJA_OPT_DICTS_LB ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
44 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT%3ACB_AUTOREPLACEUNIQUE 4b Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.
3b cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_NEWDICT%3AED_DICTNAME 20 Enter a name for the dictionary.
40 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3APB_HHE_DELETE 1b Deletes the selected entry.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3AED_4 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3AED_3 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3AED_2 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3AED_1 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
37 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3ALB_BOOK 39 Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.
3d cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3APB_HHE_NEW 3a Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.
3c cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3ALB_ORIGINAL 79 Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 19 Checks spelling manually.
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_STD 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
3e xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_DIGSIG%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 22 Opens the View Certificate dialog.
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_DEL 2a Removes the selected source from the list.
29 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_SIGNATURESDLG 36 Lists the digital signatures for the current document.
31 sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_DOCINFODOC%3ABTN_SIGNATURE 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
10 .uno%3ASignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
46 desktop%3AMultiLineEdit%3ARID_DLG_UPDATE%3ARID_DLG_UPDATE_DESCRIPTIONS 95 While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
21 DESKTOP_HID_DEPLOYMENT_GUI_UPDATE ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
28 DESKTOP_HID_DEPLOYMENT_GUI_UPDATEINSTALL ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
38 desktop%3ACheckBox%3ARID_DLG_UPDATE%3ARID_DLG_UPDATE_ALL 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
39 desktop%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_UPDATE%3ARID_DLG_UPDATE_OK 54 When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 94 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 4d Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 4c Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 51 Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks. Enable CTL for more commands.
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP a9 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen 80 Inserts an invisible hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW 55 Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
16 SVX_HID_GALLERY_WINDOW 52 To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.
e .uno%3AGallery 59 Opens the Gallery, where you can select graphics and sounds to insert into your document.
19 SVX_HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST 3c Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW 2e Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons.
41 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXTABPAGE_GALLERYTHEME_FILES%3ABTN_SEARCH 52 Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK.
3f cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXTABPAGE_GALLERYTHEME_FILES%3ABTN_TAKE 2f Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.
40 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXTABPAGE_GALLERYTHEME_FILES%3ACBX_PREVIEW 31 Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.
42 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXTABPAGE_GALLERYTHEME_FILES%3ABTN_TAKEALL 37 Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.
42 cui%3AMultiListBox%3ARID_SVXTABPAGE_GALLERYTHEME_FILES%3ALBX_FOUND 8b Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All.
41 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXTABPAGE_GALLERYTHEME_FILES%3ACBB_FILETYPE 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
f .uno%3AGridMenu 26 Sets the display properties of a grid.
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 2d Specifies the display options for snap lines.
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 31 Inserts a video or sound file into your document.
3b cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ONLINEUPDATE%3APB_CHANGEPATH 2f Click to select a folder to download the files.
36 desktop%3ACheckBox%3ATP_UPDATE_CHECK%3ACB_UPDATE_CHECK 34 You can check for updates manually or automatically.
3b cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ONLINEUPDATE%3ACB_AUTODOWNLOAD 90 Mark to enable the automatic check for updates. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box to disable or enable this feature.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DLG f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD2 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_CANCEL 3b Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_RESUME 1c Continues a paused download.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_PAUSE 40 Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.
21 SFX2_HID_DLG_CHECKFORONLINEUPDATE f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_INSTALL 1f Installs the downloaded update.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_DISABLE 20 Enable or disable the extension.
1b DESKTOP_HID_PACKAGE_MANAGER 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_OPTIONS 57 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
2c DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_REMOVE 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
39 service%3Acom.sun.star.deployment.ui.PackageManagerDialog 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
36 desktop%3AMultiLineEdit%3ARID_DLG_LICENSE%3AML_LICENSE 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
27 DESKTOP_HID_PACKAGE_MANAGER_TREELISTBOX 7b Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
25 DESKTOP_HID_PACKAGE_MANAGER_MENU_ITEM 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
38 desktop%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_LICENSE%3APB_LICENSE_DOWN 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
36 uui%3AEdit%3ADLG_UUI_PASSWORD_CRT%3AED_PASSWORD_REPEAT 16 Re-enter the password.
11 SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC 16 Re-enter the password.
13 SC_HID_PASSWD_TABLE 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
10 sfx.Edit.2316.28 16 Re-enter the password.
10 sfx.Edit.2316.26 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
2c sfx2%3AEdit%3ADLG_PASSWD%3AED_PASSWD_CONFIRM 16 Re-enter the password.
24 HID_DLG_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN_MODIFY_MORE 38 Click to show or hide the file sharing password options.
2b uui%3AEdit%3ADLG_UUI_PASSWORD%3AED_PASSWORD 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
2d sfx2%3AEdit%3ADLG_PASSWD%3AED_PASSWD_PASSWORD 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
33 uui%3AEdit%3ADLG_UUI_PASSWORD_CRT%3AED_PASSWORD_CRT 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
43 filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACB_ALLOWDUPLICATEFIELDNAMES 98 Allows to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names.
3c filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_MAGNF_VISIBLE 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
3e filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER%3ACB_TRANSITIONEFFECTS 4d Selects to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
3e filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_LINKS%3ACB_VIEW_PDF_BROWSER 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
36 filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACB_EXPORTNOTES 45 Selects to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.
3b filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACB_EXPORTEMPTYPAGES 190 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are being exported to pdf file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. The previous chapter ends on an odd page. %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
3a filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACB_EXPORTBOOKMARKS f0 Selects to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Outline Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
3d filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ARB_CHANGES_NONE 28 No changes of the content are permitted.
39 filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ACB_ENAB_ACCESS 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
39 filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACB_PDFA_1B_SELECT ea Converts to the PDF/A-1a format. This is defined as an electronic document file format for long term preservation. All fonts that were used in the source document will be embedded into the generated PDF file. PDF tags will be written.
3e filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_LINKS%3ACB_VIEW_PDF_DEFAULT 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
35 filter%3AListBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ALB_FORMSFORMAT 3f Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.
3f filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ARB_CHANGES_INSDEL 3a Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.
34 filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACB_ADDSTREAM 68 This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
40 filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACB_REDUCEIMAGERESOLUTION 51 Selects to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
3c filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_MAGNF_DEFAULT b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
3b filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACB_EXPORTFORMFIELDS 60 Choose to create a PDF form. This can be filled out and printed by the user of the PDF document.
3d FILTER_NUMERICFIELD_RID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR_NUM_MAGNF_INITIAL_PAGE 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
3e filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ARB_PRINT_HIGHRES 2f The document can be printed in high resolution.
43 filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ARB_CHANGES_ANY_NOCOPY 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
3a FILTER_NUMERICFIELD_RID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER_NUM_BOOKMARKLEVELS 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
3a filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_PGLY_SINGPG 3c Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.
3f FILTER_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER_RB_VISIBLEBOOKMARKLEVELS 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
3a filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ACB_PGLY_FIRSTLEFT 101 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
41 filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ARB_LOSSLESSCOMPRESSION 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
41 filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ARB_CHANGES_FILLFORM 29 Only filling in form fields is permitted.
3b filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ARB_PRINT_NONE 27 Printing the document is not permitted.
39 filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_MAGNF_WIND 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
3d filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ARB_PRINT_LOWRES 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
3b filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER%3ACB_WNDOPT_OPNFULL 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
40 filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ARB_CHANGES_COMMENT 38 Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.
3d filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ARB_JPEGCOMPRESSION ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
3d filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_OPNMODE_THUMBS 54 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.
3a filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_MAGNF_WIDTH 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
3e filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_OPNMODE_OUTLINE 53 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.
40 filter%3AComboBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACO_REDUCEIMAGERESOLUTION 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
39 filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER%3ACB_DISPDOCTITLE 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
3d filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER%3ACB_UOP_HIDEVTOOLBAR 40 Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.
3b filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER%3ACB_WNDOPT_RESINIT 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
3d filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACB_EMBEDSTANDARDFONTS fd Normally the 14 standard Postscript fonts are not embedded in a PDF file, because every PDF reader software already contains these fonts. Enable this option to embed the standard fonts that are installed on your system and that are used in the document.
3b filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_PGLY_DEFAULT 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
2c filter%3AEdit%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3AED_PAGES 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
3b filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_LINKS%3ACB_CNV_OOO_DOCTOPDF d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
33 filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ARB_RANGE 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
3f filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_OPNMODE_PAGEONLY 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
12 .uno%3AExportToPDF 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
31 filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ARB_ALL 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
37 filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ARB_SELECTION 1e Exports the current selection.
3b filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER%3ACB_WNDOPT_CNTRWIN 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
3b filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_LINKS%3ACB_EXP_BMRK_TO_DEST 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
38 filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_PGLY_CONT 4f Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.
3b FILTER_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER_RB_ALLBOOKMARKLEVELS 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
33 FILTER_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR_RB_MAGNF_ZOOM 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
35 filter%3AMetricField%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ANF_QUALITY 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
34 filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_GENER%3ACB_TAGGEDPDF 47 Selects to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.
3d filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER%3ACB_UOP_HIDEVMENUBAR 41 Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.
3d filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER%3ACB_UOP_HIDEVWINCTRL 41 Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.
38 filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ACB_ENDAB_COPY 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
3b filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR%3ARB_PGLY_CONTFAC 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
3b filter%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PDF_TAB_LINKS%3ACB_ENAB_RELLINKFSYS 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
34 filter%3APushButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY%3ABTN_PWD 35 Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.
34 FILTER_METRICFIELD_RID_PDF_TAB_OPNFTR_NUM_MAGNF_ZOOM 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
42 filter%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PDF_TAB_LINKS%3ACB_VIEW_PDF_APPLICATION c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
1b UUI_HID_XMLSECDLG_MACROWARN 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
23 SFX2_HID_WARNING_SECURITY_HYPERLINK 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
43 xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_CERTCHOOSER%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
2c XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_CHOOSESIGNATURES 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
3f xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECTP_CERTPATH%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT 5b Otvara ovi dijalog za izmjenu odabranog objekta (elemenat, atribut, podnesak ili spajanje).
1f SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_MODELS_REMOVE 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
3c svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_MODEL%3ACB_MODIFIES_DOCUMENT d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
16 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
1a SVX_HID_XFORMS_MODELS_LIST 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
1e SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_SHOW_DETAILS 29 Uključuje prikaz ili sakrivanje detalja.
29 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 7b Otvara novi dijalog za dodavanje novog objekta (elemenat, atribut, podnesak ili spajanje) kao podobjekat trenutnog objekta.
22 SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_INSTANCES_REMOVE 43 Briše trenutne primjere. Ne možete izbrisati posljednje primjere.
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_INSTANCES_MENUBTN 44 Ovo dugme ima podmenije za dodavanje, izmjenu ili brisanje primjera.
30 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_MODEL%3AED_INST_NAME f Enter the name.
27 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 7b Otvara novi dijalog za dodavanje novog objekta (elemenat, atribut, podnesak ili spajanje) kao podobjekat trenutnog objekta.
19 SVX_HID_XFORMS_ITEMS_LIST 37 Izbacuje informacije koje pripadaju trenutnom primjeru.
22 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE 43 Briše odabrani objekat (elemenat, atribut, podnesak ili spajanje).
1f SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_INSTANCES_ADD 3f Otvara novi prozor sa tekstom gdje možete dodati novi primjer.
1d SVX_HID_XFORMS_MODELS_MENUBTN 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
20 SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_INSTANCES_EDIT 48 Otvara novi prozor sa tekstom gdje možete promijeniti trenutni primjer.
1d SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_MODELS_EDIT 20 Preimenuje odabrani Xform model.
1a SVX_HID_XFORMS_TAB_CONTROL 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
1f SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD 7b Otvara novi dijalog za dodavanje novog objekta (elemenat, atribut, podnesak ili spajanje) kao podobjekat trenutnog objekta.
1c SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_MODELS_ADD 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
38 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3ACB_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3ACB_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
3a svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3APB_CONSTRAINT 1f Declares the item as read-only.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
38 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3APB_REQUIRED 1e Declares the item as relevant.
38 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3APB_RELEVANT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3ACB_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
35 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3ALB_DATATYPE 27 Unesi vrstu podataka odabranog objekta.
38 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3APB_READONLY 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
2e svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3AED_NAME 12 Unesi ime objekta.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3ACB_CALCULATE 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
31 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3AED_DEFAULT 33 Unesi podrazumijevanu vrijednost odabranog objekta.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM%3ACB_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
3d svx%3AMultiLineEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_CONDITION%3AED_CONDITION c Unesi uslov.
40 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_ADD_CONDITION%3APB_EDIT_NAMESPACES 5f Otvara Formu Prostor-za-ime prozor gdje možete dodati, editovati ili izbrisati Prostor-za-ime.
21 SVX_HID_XFORMS_NAMESPACEITEM_LIST 33 Izbacuje trenutno definisan Prostor-za-ime u formi.
3f svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_NAMESPACE_ITEM%3APB_ADD_NAMESPACE 21 Dodaje novi Prostor-za-ime listi.
42 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_NAMESPACE_ITEM%3APB_DELETE_NAMESPACE 1f Briše odabrani Prostor-za-ime.
40 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_NAMESPACE_ITEM%3APB_EDIT_NAMESPACE 20 Edituje odabrani Prostor-za-ime.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL 31 Bira model sa liste modela u trenutnom dokumentu.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME ba Odaberi ili unesi ime za spajanje. Odabirući ime već postojećeg spajanja povezuje spajanje sa kontrolom forme. Unoseći novo ime kreira novo spajanje i povezuje ga sa kontrolom forme.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE 3b Odaberi vrstu podataka za koju kontrola treba biti urađena
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
21 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE b8 Kliknite dugme da otvorite dijalog gdje možete unijeti ime novih korisnički-odabaranih podataka. Novi tipovi podataka nasljeđuju sve strane forme trenutno odabranih tipova podataka.
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES f2 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The sematics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS 5c Prikazuje maksimum ukupan broj brojeva za vrijednost decimalnog tipa podataka koji postoji .
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN 125 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH 21 Prikazuje broj karaktera za znak.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH 2c Prikazuje maksimalan broj znakova za string.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
24 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE 6b Odaberite tip podataka korisnički-odabran i kliknite dugme da izbrišete korisnički-odabran tip podataka.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION 61 Ukucaj DOM node za spajanje kontrolnog modela. Klikni …dugme za dijalog da unesete XPath izraz.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 68 Click the Print File Directly icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 15c Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 1a6 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
e .uno%3AEllipse ad Draws an oval where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the oval, and drag to the size you want. To draw a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
b .uno%3ALine 82 Draws a straight line where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
a .uno%3AArc 145 Draws an arc in the current document. To draw an arc, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the arc. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw an arc that is based on a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw 74 Click to open or close the Drawing bar, where you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 125 Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line.
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee d7 Umeće animirani tekst sa horizontalnim smjer teksta u trenutnom dokumentu. Povucite tekstualni okvir, a zatim ukucajte ili zalijepite tekst. Za dodjelu animacijskog efekta, odabrati Oblik - Tekst - Tekst Animation.
b .uno%3ARect c3 Draws a rectangle where you drag in the current document. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag. Click where you want to place a corner of the rectangle, and drag to the size you want.
13 .uno%3AVerticalText 14a Draws a text box with vertical text direction where you click or drag in the current document. Click anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. You can also move the cursor to where you want to add the text, drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
f .uno%3ADrawText e1 Draws a text box with horizontal text direction where you drag in the current document. Drag a text box to the size you want anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. Rotate the text box to get rotated text.
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
a .uno%3APie 17e Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3ASpinButton 1a kreira dugme za okretanje.
c .uno%3ALabel 24 Creates a field for displaying text.
10 .uno%3ATimeField 15 Creates a time field.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 20 Opens the More Controls toolbar.
10 .uno%3AScrollBar 14 Creates a scrollbar.
12 .uno%3AFileControl 2d Creates a button that enables file selection.
b .uno%3AGrid 34 Creates a table control to display a database table.
b .uno%3AEdit 13 Creates a text box.
12 .uno%3AImagebutton 20 Stvara dugme prikazan kao slika.
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 19 Creates an option button.
13 .uno%3AImageControl 4c Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.
10 .uno%3ADateField 15 Creates a date field.
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 1a Creates a formatted field.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 14 Creates a check box.
f .uno%3AGroupBox 33 Creates a frame to visually group several controls.
11 .uno%3APushbutton 1c kreira dugme za pritiskanje.
13 .uno%3ANumericField 1a Creates a numerical field.
17 .uno%3AAutoControlFocus 107 If Automatic Control Focus is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The Tab Order that you have specified determines which is the first form control.
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Creates a combo box.
12 .uno%3ARadiobutton 19 Creates an option button.
f .uno%3ACombobox 14 Creates a combo box.
f .uno%3AGroupbox 33 Creates a frame to visually group several controls.
14 .uno%3ACurrencyField 19 Creates a currency field.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 1e Opens the Form Design toolbar.
14 .uno%3ANavigationBar 19 Creates a navigation bar.
e .uno%3AListBox 13 Creates a list box.
d .uno%3AConfig 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
13 .uno%3APatternField 18 Creates a pattern field.
f .uno%3ACheckbox 14 Creates a check box.
11 .uno%3ASpinbutton 1a kreira dugme za okretanje.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 34 The selected control is transformed into a text box.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 35 The selected control is transformed into a check box.
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 3b The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 31 The selected control is transformed into a label.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 3a The selected control is transformed into a currency field.
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 64 Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 3a The selected control is transformed into an option button.
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 34 The selected control is transformed into a list box.
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 3a The selected control is transformed into an image control.
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 39 The selected control is transformed into an image button.
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 32 The selected control is transformed into a button.
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 39 The selected control is transformed into a pattern field.
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 3a The selected control is transformed into a file selection.
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 3b The selected control is transformed into a formatted field.
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 36 The selected control is transformed into a date field.
15 .uno%3AConvertToCombo 35 The selected control is transformed into a combo box.
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 36 The selected control is transformed into a time field.
18 SVX_HID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE 1e Calls the Show Columns dialog.
14 SVX_HID_FM_DELETECOL 26 Deletes the currently selected column.
12 SVX_HID_FM_HIDECOL 1a Hides the selected column.
14 SVX_HID_FM_CHANGECOL 5f Opens a submenu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.
16 SVX_HID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS 2a Click All if you want to show all columns.
14 SVX_HID_FM_INSERTCOL 48 Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.
2f cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVX_DLG_SHOWGRIDCOLUMNS%3A1 8d In the Show Columns dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl (Mac: Command) key to select multiple entries.
13 SVX_HID_FM_SHOWCOLS 3f Calls a submenu where you can select the columns to show again.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_FM_PROPDLG_TABCTR 40 Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 40 Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH 21 Defines the width of the control.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ 3a Specifies the list box entry to mark as the default entry.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEMIN 33 Determines the earliest date that a user can enter.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN 31 Specify the minimum value of a scrollbar control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME 16 Sets the default time.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISUALEFFECT 65 Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3D look (default) or a flat look.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISIBLESIZE bb Specifies the size of scrollbar thumb in "value units". A value of ("Scroll value max." minus "Scroll value min." ) / 2 would result in a thumb which occupies half of the background area.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT 5b If the strict format function is activated (Yes), only the allowed characters are accepted.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FORMATKEY 5a Specifies the format code for the control. Click the ... button to select the format code.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE 3f You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_POSITION 55 Specifies to show or hide the positioning items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ICONSIZE 52 Specifies whether the icons in a selected Navigation Bar should be small or large.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAME 9f On the Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the Form Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TABINDEX 75 The Tab order property determines the order in which the controls are focused in the form when you press the Tab key.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUESTEP 21 Determines spin button intervals.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ANCHOR_TYPE 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_NAVIGATION 54 Specifies to show or hide the navigation items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TARGET_URL 59 Specifies the URL address that opens when you click an "Open document / web page" button.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE 16 Sets the default date.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WHEEL_BEHAVIOR 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TRISTATE 77 Specifies whether a check box can also represent ZERO values of a linked database apart from the TRUE and FALSE values.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEMAX 54 Determines a time which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLED 69 If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user will be able to use the control field.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FONT 3a Select the font for the text that is in the control field.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEINCREMENT 5a Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks the arrow icon on the scrollbar.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION 36 Allows you to select more than one item in a list box.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LABEL 55 The Label property sets the label of the control field that is displayed in the form.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SPINVALUE 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BORDERCOLOR 54 Specifies the border color for controls that have the Border property set to "flat".
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION 65 Determines if the currency symbol is displayed before or after the number when using currency fields.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HEIGHT 22 Defines the height of the control.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_PRINTABLE 50 Specifies whether you want the control field to appear in a document's printout.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TABSTOP 54 The Tabstop property determines if a control field can be selected with the tab key.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ORIENTATION 50 Specifies the horizontal or vertical orientation for a scrollbar or spin button.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST 105 Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the List entries field and type your text.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE 2d Assigns the AutoFill function to a combo box.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP 1e Inserts a thousands separator.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPIN 6e The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LITERALMASK 76 Defines the literal mask. The literal mask contains the initial values and is always visible after downloading a form.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN 41 Defines the maximum number of characters that the user can enter.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULTVALUE 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TOGGLE 126 Specifies if a Push Button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the spacebar while the the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER 73 Specifies whether the first column is displayed with row labels, in which the current record is marked by an arrow.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLE_VISIBLE 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT 32 Specifies the row height of a table control field.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEMAX 54 Determines a date which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL 3e You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VSCROLL 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_READONLY 49 Determines if the control is read-only (Yes) or if it can be edited (No).
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WORDBREAK 24 Displays text on more than one line.
29 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HIDEINACTIVESELECTION 6c Specifies whether a text selection on a control remains selected when a the focus is no longer on a control.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT 41 Here, you can determine the format you want for the date readout.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONY 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_IMAGEPOSITION 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL 6f The Graphics property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SYMBOLCOLOR 53 Specifies the color for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HSCROLL 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX 31 Specify the maximum value of a scrollbar control.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HELPURL 83 Specifies a batch label in URL spelling which refers to a help document and which can be called with the help of the control field.
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TAG 4d Specifies additional information or a descriptive text for the control field.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON 73 The Default button property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_FILTERSORT 5f Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE 31 Resizes the image to fit the size of the control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY 3d Specifies the delay in milliseconds between repeating events.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BORDER 62 Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE 29 Sets the default value for the scrollbar.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_SCROLLBARS 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPININCREMENT 58 Determines intervals to add or subtract with each activation of the spin button control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FOCUSONCLICK 5e If you set this option to "Yes", the Push Button receives the focus when you click the button.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPINVALUE_MAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HELPTEXT 5b Provides the option of entering a help text that will be displayed as a tip on the control.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REPEAT 7d Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE 51 The Action property determines the action that occurs when you activate a button.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXTTYPE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALIGN 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR 59 Specifies whether to display the navigation bar on the lower border of the table control.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPINVALUE_MIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BLOCKINCREMENT 5e Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks next to the slider on the scrollbar.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EDITMASK 75 Defines the edit mask. By specifying a character code you can determine what the user can enter in the control field.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MULTILINE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME 6b Specifies the target frame to display the document that is opened by the "Open document / web page" action.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR b5 If the text box is used as a password input, enter the ASCII-code of the display character. This character is displayed instead of the characters typed by the user for the password.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_RECORDACTIONS 50 Specifies to show or hide the action items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONX 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR 2f Sets the background color of the control field.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEMIN 32 Determines the minimum time that a user can enter.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT 37 You can define the desired format for the time display.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL 32 Specifies the source for the label of the control.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINECOUNT 8b Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEEND_FORMAT 5e For text fields, select the line end code to be used when writing text into a database column.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY 4c Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXT 34 Sets the default text for a text box or a combo box.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DROPDOWN 42 Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (Yes) or not (No).
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL f9 While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the Data tab of the corresponding Properties dialog. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE 49 Specifies the field of the data source table to which the control refers.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL c9 Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REFVALUE d3 You can enter a reference value for the web form, which will be remitted to a server when sending the form. With database forms, the value entered is written in the database field, assigned to the control field.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE 4a Select the mode of linking a list box with a linked cell on a spreadsheet.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL 85 Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell contents.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE 3e Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE b3 With database forms, specifies the data source for the list content of the form-element. This field can be used to define a value list for documents without a database connection.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE 5a Enter a cell range that contains the entries for a list box or combo box on a spreadsheet.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_UNCHECKEDREFVALUE 112 Check boxes and radio buttons in spreadsheets can be bound to cells in the current document. If the control is enabled, the value you enter in Reference value (on) is copied to the cell. If the control is disabled, the value from Reference value (off) is copied to the cell.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN a9 Use an index to specify the table field or table SQL query to link to the field that is provided under Data field. Valid values for this property are 1, 2, 3, and so on.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_CHANGED 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST 4c The When losing focus event takes place if a control field looses the focus.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_KEYUP 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED 54 The Text modified event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED 59 The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED 6f The Mouse button pressed event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED 41 The Mouse moved event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_KEYTYPED 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED 71 The Mouse button released event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.
29 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD 40 Specifies the method to transfer the completed form information.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_POSITIONING 53 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_SUBMITTED 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RELOADED 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RESETTED 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_POSITIONED 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RELOADING 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_UNLOADED 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_UNLOADING 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_LOADED 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE 4b The Before record action event occurs before the current record is changed.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS 27 Determines if the data can be modified.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAVIGATION 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATAENTRY 70 Determines if the form only allows the addition of new data (Yes) or if it allows other properties as well (No).
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CYCLE 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS 26 Determines if the data can be deleted.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS 20 Determines if data can be added.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATASOURCE 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
15 HID_TABORDER_CONTROLS 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
11 SVX_HID_FIELD_SEL 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
1d .uno%3ASwitchXFormsDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
15 SVX_HID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
e SVX_HID_FM_NEW 6f Adds new elements to the form. The Add function can only be called if a form is selected in the Form Navigator.
16 SVX_HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 34 Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry.
13 SVX_HID_FM_NEW_FORM 23 Creates a new form in the document.
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
18 SVX_HID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT 1c Renames the selected object.
11 SVX_HID_FM_DELETE 1b Deletes the selected entry.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
16 .uno%3AStyleApplyState 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
15 SVX_HID_STYLE_LISTBOX 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 4d Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 5d Allows you to choose between different font sizes from the list, or to enter a size manually.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRight 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBottom 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent 92 Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent 90 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.
10 .uno%3ABackColor 14d Applies the current highlight color to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the Highlighting icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the Highlighting icon again. To change the highlight color, click the arrow next to the Highlighting icon, and then click the color that you want.
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor 86 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 57 Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 1c Rotates the selected object.
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
13 .uno%3AOutlineRight 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
12 .uno%3AOutlineLeft 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
10 .uno%3AOutlineUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
12 .uno%3AOutlineDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
e .uno%3AOpenUrl 9f Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.
a SID_RELOAD 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
21 SFX2_HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
15 .uno%3ASelectTextMode d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 3d Turns the edit mode for the current database table on or off.
b .uno%3AStop 73 Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click (Mac: Command-click) to interrupt all loading processes.
f SID_BROWSE_STOP 73 Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click (Mac: Command-click) to interrupt all loading processes.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 4a Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
1a SVX_HID_OFA_HYPERLINK_NAME 2a Assigns a name to an Internet URL or file.
19 SVX_HID_OFA_HYPERLINK_URL 55 Allows you to either type a URL, or insert a URL from a document using drag-and-drop.
13 .uno%3ASetHyperlink 3c Inserts a hyperlink from the current URL into your document.
1c SVX_HID_OFA_HYPERLINK_TARGET 36 Specifies the target frame type for the specified URL.
1c CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN 21 Closes the dialog without saving.
16 .uno%3ARemoveHyperlink 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
16 .uno%3AHyperlinkDialog 3e Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
1b CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN 39 Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
1c CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_CHOICECTRL 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
18 CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_OK_BTN 22 Applies the data to your document.
1c .uno%3ACopyHyperlinkLocation 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
3f cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
38 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
43 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_FTP 19 Creates an FTP hyperlink.
42 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
1f CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_MARKWND_APPLY 3f Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialog.
36 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
1f CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_MARKWND_CLOSE 64 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
48 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_INTERNET 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
38 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
3f cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ABTN_BROWSE 3d Opens a web browser, into which you can load the desired URL.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
3b cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
38 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
37 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
3f cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACBX_ANONYMOUS 3d Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_INET_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
1e CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_MARKWND_TREE 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
3b cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
3e cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
3f cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
3b cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
3b cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3d cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
36 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_LOGIN 41 Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_INTERNET 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
37 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_PASSWD 3f Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_MAIL_PATH 67 Specifies the full URL of the addressee, in the form mailto:name@provider.com or news:group.server.com.
34 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3AED_SUBJECT 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
40 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ARB_LINKTYP_MAIL 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
3f cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ABTN_ADRESSBOOK 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
40 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ARB_LINKTYP_NEWS 28 Assigns a news address to the hyperlink.
16 CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_MAIL 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
3f cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_BROWSE 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
3b cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TARGET_DOC 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
41 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_FILEOPEN 33 Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
19 CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_DOC_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
45 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_DOCUMENT_TYPES 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
3f cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_PATH_NEWDOC 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
42 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITNOW 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
1d CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
42 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_CREATE 3a Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
44 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITLATER 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
d .uno%3APageUp 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
f .uno%3APageDown 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
15 .uno%3AGoToStartOfDoc 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
13 .uno%3AGoToEndOfDoc 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 1a Closes the current window.
22 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_EDIT_DATABASE 2d Opens the selected database file for editing.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ADMINISTRATE b3 Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases in the Options dialog box.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_RENAME_ENTRY c5 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
1e DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_CLOSECONN 68 Closes the connection to the data source. See %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections in the Options dialog box.
f .uno%3ASortDown 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
28 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW 6b Rebuilds the view of the database table. Use this command when you have changed the structure of the table.
e .uno%3ARefresh 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
39 sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3ARB_HEADL_COLNMS 5a Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.
36 sw%3AListBox%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3ALB_TBL_DB_COLUMN 42 Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.
39 sw%3AImageButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3AIB_DBCOL_ONE_TO 44 Moves the selected database field into the Table column(s) list box.
3b sw%3AImageButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3AIB_DBCOL_ONE_FROM 45 Removes the selected database field from the Table column(s) list box
35 sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3ARB_AS_TABLE 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
38 sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3ARB_HEADL_EMPTY 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
36 sw%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3ACB_TABLE_HEADON 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
3a sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3ARB_DBFMT_FROM_DB 1d Accepts the database formats.
39 sw%3AImageButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3AIB_DBCOL_ALL_TO 43 Moves all listed database fields into the Table column(s) list box.
37 sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3APB_TBL_AUTOFMT 79 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
3b sw%3AImageButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3AIB_DBCOL_ALL_FROM 3e Removes all database fields from the Table column(s) list box.
36 sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3APB_TBL_FORMAT 7e Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
37 sw%3AListBox%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3ALB_DBFMT_FROM_USR 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
3b sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3ARB_DBFMT_FROM_USR 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
32 sw%3AListBox%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3ALB_TABLE_COL 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
34 sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL%3ARB_AS_TEXT 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DLG_FILTERCRIT 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
2b sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3ALB_FIELD3 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3ALB_WHERECOMP1 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
2a sc%3AComboBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3AED_VAL2 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
31 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3AET_WHEREVALUE1 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3ALB_WHERECOMP3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
31 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3AET_WHEREVALUE2 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3ALB_WHERECOND2 4b Za sljedeće argumente možete birati između logičkog operatora AND / OR.
2b sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3ALB_FIELD1 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
34 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3ALB_WHEREFIELD2 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
2a sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3ALB_COND1 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
34 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3ALB_WHEREFIELD3 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
2a sc%3AComboBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3AED_VAL3 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
2a sc%3AComboBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3AED_VAL1 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
34 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3ALB_WHEREFIELD1 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
2a sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3ALB_COND3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
28 sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3ALB_OP2 4b Za sljedeće argumente možete birati između logičkog operatora AND / OR.
2b sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3ALB_FIELD2 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3ALB_WHERECOND3 4b Za sljedeće argumente možete birati između logičkog operatora AND / OR.
2a sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3ALB_COND2 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3ALB_WHERECOMP2 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
31 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_FILTERCRIT%3AET_WHEREVALUE3 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
28 sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCDLG_FILTER%3ALB_OP1 4b Za sljedeće argumente možete birati između logičkog operatora AND / OR.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
1a DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ORDERCRIT 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
13 CUI_HID_SEARCH_TEXT 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
13 CUI_HID_SEARCH_CASE 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
18 CUI_HID_SEARCH_BTN_CLOSE 5d Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
19 CUI_HID_SEARCH_BTN_SEARCH 1d Starts or cancels the search.
17 CUI_HID_SEARCH_POSITION 32 Određuje vezu između pretrage i sadržaja polja.
3a cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHFORM%3ARB_SINGLEFIELD 18 Pretraži posebno polje.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
2f cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHFORM%3ALB_FORM 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
3c cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHFORM%3ARB_SEARCHFORNULL 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
1d CUI_HID_SEARCH_FIELDSELECTION 18 Pretraži posebno polje.
3f cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHFORM%3ARB_SEARCHFORNOTNULL 23 Nađena polja koja sadrže podatke.
17 CUI_HID_SEARCH_BACKWARD 43 Određuje da će pretraga se izvršavati unazad od zadnja dva reda.
16 CUI_HID_SEARCH_REGULAR 22 Searches with regular expressions.
18 CUI_HID_SEARCH_STARTOVER 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
18 CUI_HID_SEARCH_FORMATTER 4f Određuje da svi formati polja su uzeti u obzir u pretrazi trenutnog dokumenta.
18 CUI_HID_SEARCH_ALLFIELDS 1c Searches through all fields.
17 CUI_HID_SEARCH_WILDCARD 29 Također pretražiti sa * ili ? wildcard.
3c cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCHFORM%3ARB_SEARCHFORTEXT 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 3e prebacuje između filtriranog i nefiltriranog pregleda tabele.
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 31 Aktivira dodatna pregled tabele u formi pogleda .
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 59 Prikazuje u pretarzivacu izvora podataka,tabelu koja je povezana sa trenutnim dokumentom.
1c .uno%3ADSBDocumentDataSource 59 Prikazuje u pretarzivacu izvora podataka,tabelu koja je povezana sa trenutnim dokumentom.
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 2e Brise upit i uklanja tabele iz dizajn prozora.
24 DBACCESS_HID_JOINSH_ADDTAB_TABLELIST 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
20 DBACCESS_HID_JOINSH_ADDTAB_CLOSE 23 Closes the Add Tables dialogue box.
3a dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_JOIN_TABADD%3ARB_CASE_QUERIES 13 Shows only queries.
39 dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_JOIN_TABADD%3ARB_CASE_TABLES 12 Shows only tables.
f .uno%3AAddTable 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
35 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ADLG_JOIN_TABADD%3APB_ADDTABLE 18 Unesite trenutnu tabelu.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 2a Prikaze dizajn view ili sql server upita .
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8d U SQL modu Mozete pristupiti SQL komandama koje nisu interpretovane  $[officename], ali su umjesto toga prebacene direktno u izvore podataka.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 4c Prikazuje "Function" red u nizem dijelu dizjn pregleda  Query Design window.
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 32 Prikazuje "Table" red u nizem dijelu Query Design.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 34 Prikazuje "Alias" red u donjem dijelu  Query Design.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 5b Prosiruje kreirane odaberi stejtmente  SQL Queryu trenutnoj koloni sa parametromr DISTINCT.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 39 Odobrva vam da odaberete objekte uz trenutnog dokumneta .
11 .uno%3ASourceView 8d Prikaze izvorni tekst trenutnog HTML dokumenta. Da pogledate HTML izvor novog dokumenta, prvo morate spasiti novi dokument kao HTML dokument.
11 SW_HID_SOURCEVIEW 8d Prikaze izvorni tekst trenutnog HTML dokumenta. Da pogledate HTML izvor novog dokumenta, prvo morate spasiti novi dokument kao HTML dokument.
14 .uno%3APageStyleName 56 Prikaze trenutni stil.Dupli klik da editujes stil, desni klik da selektujes novi stil.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 56 Prikaze trenutni stil.Dupli klik da editujes stil, desni klik da selektujes novi stil.
16 .uno%3AStatusPageStyle 56 Prikaze trenutni stil.Dupli klik da editujes stil, desni klik da selektujes novi stil.
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2a Specificira trenutni zoom faktor stranice.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 57 Prikaze trenutni insert režim, možete birati između INSRT = umetni i OVER = prepisi.
14 .uno%3ASelectionMode 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
13 .uno%3AModifyStatus 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
15 .uno%3AModifiedStatus 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
f .uno%3AModified 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 1a Displays the current time.
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 1a Displays the current date.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 75 This icon on the Picture bar opens the Graphic Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
4f cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_POSTER%3ADLG_FILTERPOSTER_NUM_POSTER 43 Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
4a cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_MOSAIC%3ADLG_FILTERMOSAIC_CBX_EDGES 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
4d cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_MOSAIC%3ADLG_FILTERMOSAIC_MTR_WIDTH 2a Defines the width of the individual tiles.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
4e cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_MOSAIC%3ADLG_FILTERMOSAIC_MTR_HEIGHT 2b Defines the height of the individual tiles.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
4f cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SOLARIZE%3ADLG_FILTERSOLARIZE_CBX_INVERT 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
55 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SOLARIZE%3ADLG_FILTERSOLARIZE_MTR_THRESHOLD 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
4b cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SEPIA%3ADLG_FILTERSEPIA_MTR_SEPIA 84 Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 57 Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4b With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 SFX2_HID_HELP_TABCONTROL 62 The navigation pane of the Help window contains the tab pages Contents, Index, Find and Bookmarks.
23 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS 31 Dodaje ovu stranicu na Vašu traku za zabilješke
2c sfx2%3AComboBox%3ARID_DLG_SEARCH%3AED_SEARCH 4b Upišite tekst koji želite da tražite ili odaberite upis teksta u spisku.
15 SFX2_HID_HELP_LISTBOX 5d The list box located at the very top is where you can select other %PRODUCTNAME Help modules.
2c sfx2%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SEARCH%3APB_FIND 1 .
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 1e Pruža pregled sistema pomoći
2f sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ARID_DLG_SEARCH%3ACB_BACKWARDS 2f Traži unazad od trenutne pozicije pokazivača.
1f SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX 24 Skriva i prikazuje prozor navigacije
1f SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT 19 štampa trenutnu stranicu
30 sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ARID_DLG_SEARCH%3ACB_WHOLEWORDS 1f Pronalazi samo čitave riječi.
2f sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ARID_DLG_SEARCH%3ACB_MATCHCASE 3e Razlikuje između teksta sa velikim i teksta sa malim slovima.
22 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD 1e Vraca se na prethodnu stranicu
26 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG 2f Otvara dijaloški okvir Nađi na ovoj stranici.
30 sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ARID_DLG_SEARCH%3ACB_WRAPAROUND 4d Pretražuje cijelu Help stranicu, počevši od trenutne pozicije pokazivača.
21 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD 1a Ide na  sljedeću stranicu
1f SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START 2a Ide na prvu stranicu trenutne teme pomoći
15 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOX 40 Alatna traka sadrži važne funkcije za kontrolu sistema pomoći
2a sfx2%3AComboBox%3ATP_HELP_INDEX%3ACB_INDEX 47 Dupli-klik na upis ili vrstu riječi koju želite da nađete u indeksu.
31 sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_HELP_INDEX%3APB_OPEN_INDEX 27 Pritisnite da prikažete odabranu temu.
2b sfx2%3AListBox%3ATP_HELP_SEARCH%3ALB_RESULT 88 Ispisuje zaglavlja stranica pronađenih u vašoj pretrazi kompletnog teksta. Da bi prikazali stranicu, duplim-klikom pritisnite na upis.
33 sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_HELP_SEARCH%3APB_OPEN_SEARCH 21 Prikazuje upis označen u spisku.
2e sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_HELP_SEARCH%3APB_SEARCH 51 Pritisnite da počnete sa traženjem kompletnog teksta za pojam koji ste upisali.
2c sfx2%3AComboBox%3ATP_HELP_SEARCH%3AED_SEARCH 46 Upišite pojam za traženje ovdje. Traženje nije osjetljivo na slova.
2f sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_HELP_SEARCH%3ACB_FULLWORDS 69 Navodi da li provesti tačnu potragu za riječ koju ste upisali. Nepotpune riječi neće biti pronađene.
2b sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_HELP_SEARCH%3ACB_SCOPE 46 Navodi da li da samo traži u zaglavljima dokumenta za traženi pojam.
1c SFX2_HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 22 prikazuje odabrani predmet pomoći
1e SFX2_HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE 16 briše odabranu oznaku
36 sfx2%3AEdit%3ADLG_HELP_ADDBOOKMARK%3AED_BOOKMARK_TITLE 45 Prikazuje ime označene stranice. Možete upisati novo ime za oznaku.
1e SFX2_HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME 31 otvara odjel za upisivanje drugog imena za oznaku
31 sfx2%3AListBox%3ATP_HELP_BOOKMARKS%3ALB_BOOKMARKS 7f Duplim-klikom na oznaku ili pritiskom na Return dugme otvarate dodijeljenu stranicu u Pomoći. Desni-klik otvara kontekst meni.
1e SFX2_HID_HELP_TABPAGE_CONTENTS 57 Prikazuje glavne help teme, uređene na sličan način kao mape u rukovodiocu datoteka.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 32 Tilts the selected object upwards by five degrees.
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 24 Opens the Extrusion Lighting window.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 22 Opens the Extrusion Color toolbar.
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 30 Tilts the selected object right by five degrees.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 2f Tilts the selected object left by five degrees.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 34 Tilts the selected object downwards by five degrees.
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 23 Opens the Extrusion Surface window.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 3c Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
3c svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_EXTRUSION_DEPTH%3AMTR_DEPTH 19 Enter an extrusion depth.
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 25 Opens the Extrusion Direction window.
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 21 Opens the Extrusion Depth window.
1a SVX_HID_POPUP_LINEEND_CTRL 13 Select a direction.
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu 63 Upućuje vas kroz kreiranje biznis i privatnih pisama, faksova, podsjetnika, prezentacija, i više.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT 3e Spašava trenutne postavke i nastavlja do slijedeće stranice.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDNEXT 3e Spašava trenutne postavke i nastavlja do slijedeće stranice.
38 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.letter.CallWizard%3Fstart 24 Pokreće asistenta za šablon pisma.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDPREV 52 Omogućava vam da pogledate odabiranja koja ste izvršili na prethodnim koracima .
1a WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK 52 Omogućava vam da pogledate odabiranja koja ste izvršili na prethodnim koracima .
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 24 Pokreće asistenta za šablon pisma.
1c WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE 5a Prema vašim odabirima, asistent kreira šablon dokumenta i spašava ga na vaš hard disk.
1a WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT 3e Spašava trenutne postavke i nastavlja do slijedeće stranice.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS 52 Omogućava vam da pogledate odabiranja koja ste izvršili na prethodnim koracima .
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER 99 Određuje da li se koristi papir koji već sadrži obilježeni znak, adresu, ili liniju podnožja. Asistent prikazuje pregled zaglavlja pisma slijedeće.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER 33 Određuje da vi želite da kreirate privatno pismo.
24 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER 3e Određuje da vi želite da kreirate šablon za poslovno pismo.
27 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTPRIVOFFICIALSTYLE 22 Izaberite dizajn sa šablon pisma.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 22 Izaberite dizajn sa šablon pisma.
28 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER 3c Određuje da vi želite da kreirate formalno poslovno pismo.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 22 Izaberite dizajn sa šablon pisma.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE1 43 Određuje da li vi želite da kreirate privatno ili poslovno pismo.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX 35 Postavlja daljinu objekta od lijeve margine stranice.
21 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER 7a Određuje da je područje podnožja već ispisano na vašem zaglavlju papira od pisma. %PRODUCTNAME ne ispisuje podnožje.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSHEIGHT 19 Određuje visinu objekta.
26 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO 66 Specifies that a logo is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a logo.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY 35 Postavlja daljinu objekta od gornje margine stranice.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT 87 Upiši visinu područja podnožja koje je već označeno na vašem zaglavlju papira od pisma. %PRODUCTNAME ne ispisuje u tom području.
1f WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH 19 Određuje visinu objekta.
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER 9a Određuje da je vaša vlastita adresa već označena u maloj veličini iznad područja primaoca adrese. %PRODUCTNAME ne ispisuje adresu u maloj veličini.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSWIDTH 19 Određuje visinu objekta.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE2 61 Omogućava vam da odredite elemente koji su već obilježeni na vašem zaglavlju papira od pisma.
29 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS 6a Određuje da je adresa već ispisana na vašem zaglavlju papira od pisma. %PRODUCTNAME ne ispisuje adresu.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSX 35 Postavlja daljinu objekta od lijeve margine stranice.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSY 35 Postavlja daljinu objekta od gornje margine stranice.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT 19 Određuje visinu objekta.
28 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER 3a Uvrštava povratnu adresu male veličine na šablon pisma.
1f WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER 27 Uključuje podnožje na šablonu pisma.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTSALUTATION 4d Uključuje pozdrav na šablonu pisma. Odaberite pozdrav iz odjela sa spiskom.
1d WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO 21 Uključuje znak na šablon pisma.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTLETTERNORM 4c Odaberi državu da bi koristiti karakteristični prikaz pisma iz te države.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT 2d Uključuje liniju predmeta na šablonu pisma.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS 42 Uključuje liniju sa uputama do poslovnog pisma na šablonu pisma.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE3 3c Određuje predmete koji će biti uključeni u šablon pisma.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION 4d Uključuje pozdrav na šablonu pisma. Odaberite pozdrav iz odjela sa spiskom.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS 2d Uključuje složene oznake na šablonu pisma.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTGREETING 54 Uključuje zaključni pozdrav na šablonu pisma. Odaberi tekst iz odjela sa spiskom.
21 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING 54 Uključuje zaključni pozdrav na šablonu pisma. Odaberi tekst iz odjela sa spiskom.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERCITY 27 Određuje podatke o adresi pošiljaoca.
26 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTATE_TEXT 27 Određuje podatke o adresi pošiljaoca.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME 1a Određuje ime pošiljaoca.
29 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 45 Određuje da su polja za rezervisana mjesta ubačena u šablon pisma.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET 23 Određuje adresu ulice pošiljaoca.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE4 2f Određuje informacije o pošiljaocu i primaocu.
26 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 39 Polja adrese u bazi podataka su ubačena u šablon pisma.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE 36 Koristi podatke adrese iz slijedećih odjela za tekst.
27 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 55 Koristi korisnikove podatke iz Pomagala - Opcije - %PRODUCTNAME - Korisnički podaci.
24 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 27 Određuje podatke o adresi pošiljaoca.
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 33 Odaberite za zatvorite podnožje na prvoj stranici.
1c WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER 21 Upiši tekst za linije podnožja.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE5 44 Određuje informacije koje će biti uključene u prostoru podnožja.
27 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 34 Uključuje brojeve stranica u vašem šablonu pisma.
1a WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH 66 Upišite put i ime datoteke za šablon, ili pritisnite ... dugme da biste odabrali put i ime datoteke.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER 58 Spašava i zatvara šablon, i onda otvara novi dokument bez naslova baziran na šablonu.
1a WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CMDPATH 66 Upišite put i ime datoteke za šablon, ili pritisnite ... dugme da biste odabrali put i ime datoteke.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME 27 Određuje naslov šablona od dokumenta.
21 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES 37 Spašava šablon i ostavlja ga otvorenog za editovanje.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE6 48 Određuje gdje i pod kojim imenom želite da spasite dokument i šablon.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE ae Prema vašim odabirima, asistent kreira šablon za dokument i spašava ga. Novi dokument baziran na šablonu se pojavljuje u radnom području, sa imenom datoteke "UntitledX".
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT 83 Asistent spašava trenutne postavke i ide na slijedeću stranicu. Dugme Dalje će postati neaktivno kada dosegnete zadnju stranicu.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK cf Kliknite na dugme Nazad za prikaz opcija izabranih na prethodnoj stranici. Trenutne postavke neće biti izmijenjene ili izbrisane ako pritisnete ovo dugme.Nazad će biti aktivirano iz druge stranice nadalje.
35 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.fax.CallWizard%3Fstart 1b Otvara asistent za faksove.
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 1b Otvara asistent za faksove.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 1f Specifies the predefined style.
10 SW_HID_FAX_PAGE1 25 Određuje stil vašeg faks dokumenta.
20 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX 26 Kreira šablon faksa za privatni faks.
23 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 1f Specifies the predefined style.
21 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX 2f Kreira šablon faksa za faks u poslovnom stilu.
19 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT 18 Includes a company logo.
1a WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
1c WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION 16 Includes a date field.
19 WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET 12 Includes a footer.
20 WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
10 SW_HID_FAX_PAGE2 29 Specifies the fax elements to be printed.
18 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
17 WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING 18 Includes a subject line.
1b WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
10 SW_HID_FAX_PAGE3 3a Specifies the receiver and sender information for the fax.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FILETEMPLATEPATH 45 Inserts database fields for a later mail merge with the fax document.
18 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX 1e Enter the sender address data.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY 76 Select to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.
1e WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 1e Enter the sender address data.
20 WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 1e Enter the sender address data.
1f WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 1e Enter the sender address data.
1a WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
15 WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER 1e Enter the sender address data.
22 WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 1e Enter the sender address data.
10 SW_HID_FAX_PAGE4 1a Specifies the footer data.
10 SW_HID_FAX_PAGE5 27 Defines the template name and location.
38 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.agenda.CallWizard%3Fstart 38 Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 38 Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN 29 Select the page design from the list box.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE1 27 Specifies a page design for the agenda.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES 4d Prints out a page on which you can write down the minutes during the meeting.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE 23 Specifies the title of the meeting.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_DATE 22 Specifies the date of the meeting.
20 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_LOCATION 26 Specifies the location of the meeting.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE2 3d Specifies the date, time, title, and location of the meeting.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TIME 22 Specifies the time of the meeting.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE3 3e Specifies the headings that you want to include in the agenda.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ 2e Specifies whether to print a Please read line.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING 2f Specifies whether to print a Please bring line.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES 28 Specifies whether to print a Notes line.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE 34 Specifies whether to print the type of meeting line.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR 46 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the chairperson.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the attendees.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER 48 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the minute keeper.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers.
27 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS 4d Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel.
22 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the moderator.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE4 30 Specifies the names to be printed on the agenda.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY 58 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the person who called the meeting.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN 21 Moves the current topic row down.
1a WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP 1f Moves the current topic row up.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE5 3a Specifies the topics to be printed on the agenda template.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE 1e Removes the current topic row.
25 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT 34 Inserts a new empty topic row above the current row.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES 53 Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens the template for further editing.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE6 36 Choose the title and location for the agenda template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA 5f Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens a new agenda document based on that template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME 2a Specifies the name of the agenda template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
24 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ABUT_LAST 44 Returns to the previous step without deleting your current settings.
24 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ABUT_NEXT 34 Accepts the new settings and moves to the next page.
c slot%3A10425 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
1d .uno%3AAutoPilotPresentations 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
16 .uno%3ANewPresentation 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
18 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_OPEN 108 Lists the presentations that you created and saved to the Templates directory that is specified under %PRODUCTNAME - Paths in the Options dialog box. To edit the layout and formatting of a presentation with the wizard, select the presentation, and then click Next.
29 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_ASS%3APB_PAGE1_OPEN 2a Click Open to see a file selection dialog.
26 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ACB_STARTWITH 71 Specifies that you only want the Wizard to start when you expressly request it with File - Wizard - Presentation.
2b sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE1_EMPTY 23 Creates a new (empty) presentation.
1d SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_TEMPLATES 3a Lists the available template categories for presentations.
2a sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE1_OPEN 34 Displays a list of previously created presentations.
2e sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE1_TEMPLATE 3d Opens a list box containing various modifiable presentations.
19 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGE1 44 Specifies the presentation type and allows you to select a template.
1a SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_REGION 3a Lists the available template categories for presentations.
24 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ACB_PREVIEW 36 Specifies that templates appear in the preview window.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE2_MEDIUM2 2c Creates a presentation to be used as slides.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE2_MEDIUM4 34 Creates a presentation that can be printed on paper.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE2_MEDIUM3 3d Creates a presentation to be used as overhead transparencies.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE2_MEDIUM5 2e Uses the original page format of the template.
21 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGETEMPLATES 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE2_MEDIUM1 2c Creates a computer screen presentation only.
28 sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ALB_PAGE2_LAYOUT 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
19 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGE2 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
27 sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ALB_PAGE3_SPEED 1c Determines the effect speed.
27 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ACB_PAGE3_LOGO 5f Specifies whether to display the $[officename] logo during the pause between each presentation.
28 sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ALB_PAGE3_EFFECT 2a Specifies an effect for your presentation.
2a sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE3_LIVE 60 The Default option runs the presentation as a full screen presentation with the specified speed.
19 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGE3 46 Assigns special effects to your presentation and determines its speed.
2a sd%3ATimeField%3ADLG_ASS%3ATMF_PAGE3_BREAK 2c Defines the pause between each presentation.
29 sd%3ATimeField%3ADLG_ASS%3ATMF_PAGE3_TIME 2f Defines the duration of each presentation page.
2b sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE3_KIOSK 49 Runs the presentation automatically, and restarts it again after a break.
28 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_ASS%3AEDT_PAGE4_ASKTOPIC 29 Specifies the topic of your presentation.
37 sd%3AMultiLineEdit%3ADLG_ASS%3AEDT_PAGE4_ASKINFORMATION 66 Use this field for further thoughts and ideas that you would like to cover later in your presentation.
27 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_ASS%3AEDT_PAGE4_ASKNAME 30 Specifies your name or the name of your company.
19 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGE4 30 Specifies your name or the name of your company.
2a sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ACB_PAGE5_SUMMARY 2f Creates a summary of all presentation contents.
19 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGE5 2f Creates a summary of all presentation contents.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDFINISH 39 Click to create the form without answering further pages.
1a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG 28 Activates the Wizard for creating forms.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN_PK_SELECTED 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDS 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_LBTABLES 42 Specifies the table or query that you want to create the form for.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
19 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDS 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
2d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
17 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_UP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP_PK_SELECTED 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSSELECTED 2d Displays the fields that are in the new form.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY 3d Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION 35 Click to add a subform based on an existing relation.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS 32 Select the relation on which the subform is based.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM 18 Select to add a subform.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED 3d Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES 44 Specifies the table or query for which the subform is to be created.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT 1d Oznake su poravnate s lijeva.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED 42 Ravna polja baze podataka u smjeru kolona sa oznakama iznad polja.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED 32 Raspoređuje oznake iznad odgovarajućih podataka.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE 2d Ravna polja baze podataka u tabličnoj formi.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED 47 Ravna polja baze podataka u smjeru kolona sa oznakama s desna od polja.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT 1c Oznake su poravnate s desna.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION 32 Izaberite zabranu editovanja/uređivanja podataka.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION 2e Izaberite zabranu za dodavanje novih podataka.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA 54 Kreira formular koji se može koristiti za prikaz postojećih podataka i unos novih.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY 42 Kreira formular koji će se koristiti samo za unos novih podataka.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION 24 Izaberite zabranu brisanja podataka.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES 2b Precizira stil/dizajn stranice za formular.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER 27 Precizira da ivica polja izgleda ravno.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER 27 Precizira da ivica polja ima 3D izgled.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER 20 Precizira da polja nemaju ivicu.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM 56 Sačuva formular, i otvori ga u načinu za editovanje da bi promijenili format/izgled.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM 45 Sačuva formular, i otvara ga kao formular za unos i prikaz podataka.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH 18 Precizira ime formulara.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_DIALOG 25 Izaberite karakteristike izvještaja.
23 DBACCESS_HID_DOCUMENT_CREATE_REPWIZ 2d Aktivira Čarobnjak za kreiranje izvještaja.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE 46 Prikazuje imena polja u bazi podataka u izabranoj tabeli ili upitniku.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES 39 Izaberite tabelu ili upitnik za koji kreirate izvještaj.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED 39 Prikazuje sva polja koja su uključena u novi izvještaj.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_5 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_4 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_3 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_2 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_1 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST b7 Ispisuje polja po kojima će izvještaj biti grupisan. Da bi uklonili jedan nivo grupisanja, izaberite ime polja, onda kliknite <- tipku. Možete izabrati do četiri nivoa grupisanja.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP 50 Kliknite da pomjerite polje iz lijevog u desni prozor, ili duplo kliknite polje.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP 50 Kliknite da pomjerili polje iz desnog u lijevi prozor, ili duplo kliknite polje.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING ca Ispisuje polja iz vaše selekcije na prethodnoj stranici Čarobnjaka. Da bi grupisali izvještaj na osnovu polja, izaberite ime polja, onda kliknite > tipku. Možete izabrati do ceriti nivoa grupisanja.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND1 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u opadajućem rasporedu.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND1 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u rastućem redoslijedu.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND2 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u rastućem redoslijedu.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u opadajućem rasporedu.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND2 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u opadajućem rasporedu.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4 3d Izaberite dodatna polja po kojima ćete razvrstati izvještaj
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1 3a Izaberite prvo polje po kojem ćete razvrstati izvještaj.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND3 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u opadajućem rasporedu.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND3 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u rastućem redoslijedu.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u rastućem redoslijedu.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT2 3d Izaberite dodatna polja po kojima ćete razvrstati izvještaj
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT3 3d Izaberite dodatna polja po kojima ćete razvrstati izvještaj
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT 93 Definira dizajn stranice za izvještaj. Dizajn stranica se učitava iz datoteka šablona, koji dodjeljuje zaglavlje, podnožje i pozadinu stranice.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT 2b Bira uspravni smjer stranice za izvještaj.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE 2c Bira vodoravni smjer stranice za izvještaj.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT 6b Definiše set stilova za izvještaj. Stilovi označavaju fontove, uvučene redove, pozadinu tabele i više.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT 98 Sačuva izvještaj kao statički izvještaj. Kada otvorite statički izvještaj, uvijek će prikazati iste podatke kao i one kada je izvještaj kreiran.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE 5d Kada kliknete Kraj, šablon izvještaja će biti sačuvan i otvoren za editovanje/mijenjanje.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE 46 Precizira naslov koji je odštampan u naslovnoj liniji svake stranice.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE 6e Sačuva izvještaj kao šablon. Kada otvorite dinamički izvještaj, prikazati će aktualni sadržaj podataka.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE 31 Kada kliknete Kraj, izvještaj će biti sačuvan.
33 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE1_DEL_DESIGN 2d Briše izabrani dizajn iz liste sa dizajnima.
34 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE1_OLD_DESIGN 89 Učitava postojeći dizajn iz liste dizajna za korištenje kao početnu tačku za korake koji slijede na narednim stranicama Čarobnjaka.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE1 35 Kreira novi dizajn u narednim stranicama Čarobnjaka.
34 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE1_NEW_DESIGN 35 Kreira novi dizajn u narednim stranicama Čarobnjaka.
2d sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE1_DESIGNS 21 Prikazuje sve postojeće dizajne.
2e sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_PERL 3f WebCast eksport koristi da kreira HTML stranice i Perl skripte.
34 sd%3ATimeField%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_DURATION_TMF 35 Definiše količinu vremena za pregled svakog slajda.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_ASP 9f Kada izaberete ASP opciju, WebCast eksport kreira ASP stranice. Zapamtite da HTML prezentacija može biti podržana samo od web preglednika koji podržava ASP.
2c sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_NOTES 35 Specificira da su vaše bilješke također prikazane.
32 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_STANDARD 36 Kreira standardne HTML stranice iz izvezenih stranica.
26 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_URL 65 Precizira URL (apsolutni ili relativni), gdje je kreirana HTML prezentacija na web serveru sačuvana.
31 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_WEBCAST 56 U WebCast eksportu, automatske skripte će biti napravljene sa Perl ili ASP podrškom.
26 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_CGI 44 Precizira URL (apsolutni ili relativni) za napravljene Perl skripte.
2e sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_ENDLESS 4f Automatski ponovo pokreće HTML prezentaciju kada se prikaže posljednji slajd.
30 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_FRAMES b6 Kreira standardne HTML stranice sa okvirima. Izvezena stranica će biti smještena u glavni okvir, a okvir sa lijeve strane će prikazivati tabelu sa sadržajem u formi hiperlinkova.
32 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_CHG_AUTO 78 Izmjena stranica se dešava automatski nakon isteka predodređenog perioda vremena i ne zavisi o sadržaju prezentacije.
2f sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_KIOSK 7c Kreira dodijeljenu HTML prezentaciju kao kiosk izvoz, u kojoj se slajdovi smjenjuju automatski nakon predodređenog vremena.
35 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_CHG_DEFAULT bf Izmjena slajdova zavisi od vremena koje ste postavili za svaki slajd u prezentaciji. Ako postavite izmjenu stranica ručno, HTML uvodi novu stranicu pritiskom na bilo koju tipku na tastaturi.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE2 36 Kreira standardne HTML stranice iz izvezenih stranica.
28 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_INDEX 6e Precizira URL (apsolutni ili relativni) koji će biti unesen od strane gledalaca kako bi vidjeli prezentaciju.
2e sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_CONTENT 2a Kreira naslovnu stranicu za vaš dokument.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_JPG 85 Datoteke su izvezene kao JPEG datoteke. JPEG datoteke su kompresovane, sa podesivom kompresijom i mogu sadržavati više od 256 boja.
30 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_SLD_SOUND 5c Precizira da zvučne datoteke koje su definisane kao efekti za izmjene slajda budu izvezene.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE3 7d Datoteke su izvezene kao PNG datoteke. PNG datoteke su kompresovane bez gubitka podataka, mogu sadržavati više od 256 boja.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_GIF 72 Datoteke su izvezene kao GIF datoteke. GIF datoteke se kompresuju bez gubitka podataka, i imaju maksimum 256 boja.
2e sd%3AComboBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_QUALITY ae Precizira faktor kompresije JPEG grafike. 100% vrijednost nudi najbolju kvalitetu za veliki raspon podataka. 25% faktor naznačava male datoteke sa slabijom kvalitetom slike.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_PNG 7d Datoteke su izvezene kao PNG datoteke. PNG datoteke su kompresovane bez gubitka podataka, mogu sadržavati više od 256 boja.
36 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_RESOLUTION_3 40 Izaberite visoku rezoluciju za prikaz slajdova visoke kvalitete.
36 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_RESOLUTION_2 3f Izaberite srednju rezoluciju za srednju veličinu prezentacije.
36 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_RESOLUTION_1 6d Izaberite nisku rezoluciju da bi zadržali malu veličinu datoteke, čak i za prezentacije sa mnogo slajdova.
2b sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE4_WWW_EDIT 44 Specificira vašu stranicu. Hiperlink će biti unesen u publikaciju.
29 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE4_AUTHOR 23 Specificira ime autora publikacije.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE4 23 Specificira ime autora publikacije.
30 sd%3AMultiLineEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE4_MISC 43 Specificira dodatni tekst koji će se pojaviti na naslovnoj strani.
2d sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE4_EMAIL_EDIT 26 specificira adresu elektronske pošte.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE5 31 Unosi samo tekstualne hiperlinkove umjesto tipki.
2f sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE5_TEXTONLY 31 Unosi samo tekstualne hiperlinkove umjesto tipki.
31 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_DEFAULT 34 Uses the default colors of the viewer's Web Browser.
2d sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_LINK 55 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the hyperlink color of the presentation.
2d sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_BACK 56 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the background color of the presentation.
33 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_DOCCOLORS 43 Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.
2d sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_TEXT 50 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the text color of the presentation.
2e sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_VLINK 58 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the visited link color of the presentation.
2e sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_USER 43 Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects.
2e sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_ALINK 57 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the active link color of the presentation.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE6 43 Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH 13 Creates the object.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_FINISH 13 Creates the object.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_GRIDWIZARD_FINISH 13 Creates the object.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_OPTMSDOCUMENTS 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_OPTSODOCUMENTS 51 Converts old binary documents into the OpenDocument format used by $[officename].
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKCALC 55 Converts documents in the old format of Calc *.sdc into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKMATHGLOBAL 9a Converts documents in the old format of Writer master documents *.sgl into OpenDocument *.odm documents, and Math *.smf into OpenDocument *.odf documents.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE 56 Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL 55 Converts documents in Microsoft Excel format *.xls into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKWRITER 57 Converts documents in the old format of Writer *.sdw into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT 5a Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKIMPRESS 8a Converts documents in the old format of Draw *.sda into OpenDocument *.odg documents, and Impress *.sdd into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATERECURSE 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT 31 Indicates that the documents are to be converted.
2d WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT 2a Opens a dialog to select the desired path.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
2d WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDTEMPLATEPATHSELECT 2a Opens a dialog to select the desired path.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE 2d Specifies that templates are to be converted.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDTEMPLATEPATH 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBTEMPLATEPATH 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3 3c All currency cells in the active document will be converted.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE 4b Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_DIALOG 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP 22 Activates the help for the dialog.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE 48 Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK 30 Returns to the first page of the Euro Converter.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1 32 Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4 5b All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1 1d Converts the entire document.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON 16 Starts the conversion.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN 4f Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT bc Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS 57 Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1 36 All cells with the selected Cell Styles are converted.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1 32 Displays the ranges to be converted from the list.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET 4b Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL 1a Closes the Euro Converter.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN 3b Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.
31 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FEuro.AutoPilotRun.StartAutoPilot 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR 6b Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2 3f All currency cells in the active spreadsheet will be converted.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE 2a Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.
3a extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_MORK 4f Select this option if you already use an address book in Seamonkey or Netscape.
41 extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_THUNDERBIRD 45 Select this option if you already use an address book in Thunderbird.
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
3b extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_MACAB 4b Select this option if you already use an address book in OS X Address book.
3f extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_EVOLUTION 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution.
3a extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_LDAP 46 Select this option if you already have address data on an LDAP server.
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
49 extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_EVOLUTION_GROUPWISE 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Groupwise.
c slot%3A10934 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH 44 Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialog.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL 32 Exits the wizard without implementing any changes.
44 extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_OUTLOOKEXPRESS 53 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook Express.
3d extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_OUTLOOK 61 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook (not Outlook Express).
39 extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_KAB 4a Select this option if you already use an address book in KDE Address book.
3b extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_OTHER 60 Select this option if you want to register another data source as address book in $[officename].
44 extensions%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE%3ARB_EVOLUTION_LDAP 48 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution LDAP.
2c extensions%3ATabPage%3ARID_PAGE_SELECTABTYPE 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
4b extensions%3APushButton%3ARID_PAGE_ADMININVOKATION%3APB_INVOKE_ADMIN_DIALOG 3a Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.
3d extensions%3AListBox%3ARID_PAGE_TABLESELECTION%3ALB_TABLELIST 59 Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.
36 extensions%3AEdit%3ARID_PAGE_FINAL%3AET_DATASOURCENAME 1f Specifies the data source name.
37 extensions%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PAGE_FINAL%3ACB_REGISTER_DS db Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the data source window (F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN 2b Specifies the location using a file dialog.
34 extensions%3APushButton%3ARID_PAGE_FINAL%3APB_BROWSE 2b Specifies the location using a file dialog.
49 extensions%3APushButton%3ARID_PAGE_FIELDMAPPING%3APB_INVOKE_FIELDS_DIALOG 34 Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog.
35 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.web.CallWizard%3Fstart 46 The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.
16 WIZARDS_HID0_WEBWIZARD 46 The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.
18 WIZARDS_HID1_BTN_DEL_SES 1e Deletes the selected settings.
19 WIZARDS_HID1_LST_SESSIONS 7f Select the settings that you want to load and then click Load. To start the wizard with the default settings, select "default".
1b WIZARDS_HID2_LST_DOC_EXPORT 44 Select the file format that you want to export the selected file to.
19 WIZARDS_HID2_TXT_DOC_DESC 2e Enter a description for the selected document.
18 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_ADD_DOC dd Opens a dialog where you can select the files that you want to upload to your web site. The order of the list determines the order in which the hyperlinks to the documents are displayed on the index page of your web site.
1b WIZARDS_HID2_TXT_DOC_AUTHOR 37 Enter the name of the author for the selected document.
1a WIZARDS_HID2_TXT_DOC_TITLE 88 Enter the title for the selected document. The title appears as a hyperlink to the selected document on the index page of your web site.
18 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_REM_DOC 28 Removes the selected file from the list.
15 WIZARDS_HID2_LST_DOCS f9 Lists the documents that you want to publish to your web site. The wizard can convert %PRODUCTNAME documents to HTML, PDF, or, in some cases, Flash format before the documents are uploaded. All other files are uploaded in their original file format.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG9 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG8 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG7 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG6 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG3 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG2 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG5 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG4 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG1 25 Select the layout for the index page.
20 WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_UP_DATE 49 Includes the date of the last time a file was modified on the index page.
21 WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_FILENAME 3b Includes the file names of the documents on the index page.
1e WIZARDS_HID4_GRP_OPTIMAIZE_640 3d Optimizes the web site for a 640x480 pixel screen resolution.
1f WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_FORMAT 33 Displays the format of the files on the index page.
1e WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_PAGES 3c Displays the number of pages in your site on the index page.
1f WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_F_ICON 30 Displays the file format icon on the index page.
24 WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_DESCRIPTION 44 Includes the summary information of the documents on the index page.
20 WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_CR_DATE 3f Includes the creation dates of the documents on the index page.
1f WIZARDS_HID4_GRP_OPTIMAIZE_1024 3e Optimizes the web site for a 1024x768 pixel screen resolution.
1d WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_SIZE 36 Displays the file size in kilobytes on the index page.
1f WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_AUTHOR 4d Includes the names of the people who created the documents on the index page.
1e WIZARDS_HID4_GRP_OPTIMAIZE_800 3d Optimizes the web site for a 800x600 pixel screen resolution.
16 WIZARDS_HID5_BTN_ICONS 54 Select the Icons that you want to use for the navigation elements on the index page.
17 WIZARDS_HID5_LST_STYLES 2b Select the color scheme for the index page.
18 WIZARDS_HID5_BTN_BACKGND 2d Select a Background image for the index page.
18 WIZARDS_HID_BG_BTN_OTHER 4e Opens a file open dialog to select a background image file for the index page.
e WIZARDS_HID_BG 36 Specifies a background image for the Web Wizard style.
17 WIZARDS_HID_BG_BTN_NONE 30 Clears the background image from the index page.
17 WIZARDS_HID_IS_BTN_NONE 28 Clears the icon set from the index page.
e WIZARDS_HID_IS 53 Select an icon set for navigation on HTML presentation documents in the Web Wizard.
1b WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_EMAIL 57 Enter the e-mail address for the index page. The address is stored in an HTML meta tag.
1e WIZARDS_HID6_DATE_SITE_CREATED 53 Enter the creation date for the index page. The date is stored in an HTML meta tag.
1f WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_COPYRIGHT 58 Enter the copyright notice for the index page. The notice is stored in an HTML meta tag.
1e WIZARDS_HID6_DATE_SITE_UPDATED 53 Enter the modified date for the index page. The date is stored in an HTML meta tag.
1b WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_TITLE 5f Enter the title for the index page. This element is displayed on the title bar of web browsers.
1a WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_DESC 56 Enter a description for the index page. The description is stored in an HTML meta tag.
16 WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_LOCAL d9 Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_PUBLISH_FTP c6 Uploads your files to an FTP server. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
1e WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_PUBLISH_LOCAL d9 Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
16 WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_LOCAL 22 Opens a dialog to select a folder.
14 WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_FTP 67 Opens the FTP Connection dialog where you can edit and test the connection settings for the FTP server.
1c WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_PUBLISH_ZIP 104 Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
15 WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_SAVE 25 Enter the name for the settings file.
14 WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_ZIP 46 Opens a dialog where you can specify the location of the archive file.
15 WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_SAVE 35 Saves the settings that you specified in this wizard.
18 WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_PREVIEW 48 Opens your web page in the default web browser of your operating system.
14 WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_FTP c6 Uploads your files to an FTP server. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
14 WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_ZIP 104 Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
18 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_TXT_PATH 57 Enter the location of a directory on the FTP server where you want to store your files.
18 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_BTN_PATH 51 Opens a dialog where you can specify the FTP server directory to store the files.
14 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_TEST 33 Tests the FTP connection with the current settings.
14 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_PASS 3d Enter the password that is required to access the FTP server.
f WIZARDS_HID_FTP 44 Edit and test the FTP server connection settings for the Web Wizard.
18 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_USERNAME 3e Enter the user name that is required to access the FTP server.
16 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_SERVER 2f Enter the name or IP address of the FTP server.
1d DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER 66 If you click the cell, you can select among the sorting options: ascending, descending and not sorted.
1d DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FIELD 7c Enter the name of the data field that you referred to in the Query. All settings made in the lower rows refer to this field.
1c DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_CRIT 51 Specifies the criteria by which the content of the data field should be filtered.
26 DBACCESS_HID_QUERY_EDIT_JOINCONNECTION 15 Edit Join Properties.
2d dbaccess%3AComboBox%3ADLG_SAVE_AS%3AET_SCHEMA 49 Enter the name of the schema that is assigned to the query or table view.
20 DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION 2b Select a function to run in the query here.
1d DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_TABLE 4b The corresponding database table of the selected data field is listed here.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_QRYDGNCRIT 26 Select conditions to define the query.
1d DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ALIAS 8d Specifies an alias. This alias will be listed in a query instead of the field name. This makes it possible to use user-defined column labels.
1a DBACCESS_HID_CTL_QRYDGNTAB 50 Double-click fields to add them to the query. Drag-and-drop to define relations.
1f DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_VISIBLE 5a If you mark the Visible property for a data field, that field will be visible in the query
28 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_SAVE_AS%3AET_TITLE 2a Enter the name of the query or table view.
1d DBACCESS_HID_DLG_QRY_JOINTYPE 2d Specifies the link type of the selected link.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_QRY_RIGHT_TABLE 35 Specifies two different tables that you want to join.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DLG_QRY_LEFT_TABLE 35 Specifies two different tables that you want to join.
21 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_QRY_JOIN_CONTROL f7 Inserts the keyword NATURAL into the SQL statement that defines the relation. The relation joins all columns that have the same column name in both tables. The resulting joined table contains only one column for each pair of equally named columns.
2f dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_PASSWORD%3AED_OLDPASSWORD 17 Enter the old password.
29 sfx2%3AEdit%3ADLG_PASSWD%3AED_PASSWD_USER 23 Specifies the name of the new user.
33 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_PASSWORD%3AED_PASSWORD_REPEAT 1d Enter the new password again.
2c dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_PASSWORD%3AED_PASSWORD 17 Enter the new password.
1c DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_DEFAULT 3c Specifies the value that is the default in new data records.
29 DBACCESS_HID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY 4f If this command has a check mark, the data field in this line is a primary key.
1f DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_TYPECELL 19 Specifies the field type.
21 DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_BACKGROUND 32 This area is where you define the table structure.
25 DBACCESS_HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW 14 Displays help texts.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE 41 Displays the format code that you can select with the ... button.
1b DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT 2a This button opens the Field Format dialog.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TABLEDESIGN_INSERTROWS 96 Inserts an empty row above the current row, if the table has not been saved. Inserts an empty row at the end of the table if the table has been saved.
1f DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_NAMECELL 84 Specifies the name of the data field. Note the database restrictions, such as the length of the name, special characters and spaces.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_COMMENTCELL 22 Specifies an optional description.
32 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ADLG_INDEXDESIGN%3APB_CLOSE 12 Closes the dialog.
28 DBACCESS_HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_FIELD 57 Displays a list of the fields in the current table. You can select more than one field.
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 4a The Index Design dialog allows you edit the indexes for the current table.
31 dbaccess%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_INDEXDESIGN%3ACB_UNIQUE 3e Specifies whether the current index allows only unique values.
1d DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_SAVEINDEX 2b Saves the current index in the data source.
1d DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_INDEXLIST 85 Displays the available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialog.
1d DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_DROPINDEX 1a Deletes the current index.
28 dbaccess%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_INDEXDESIGN 4a The Index Design dialog allows you edit the indexes for the current table.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_RENAMEINDEX 1a Renames the current index.
1c DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_NEWINDEX 14 Creates a new index.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_RESETINDEX 50 Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialog was started.
2c DBACCESS_HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_SORTORDER 1a Determines the sort order.
1c DBACCESS_HID_CTL_RELATIONTAB 57 Here you can link together tables from the current database through common data fields.
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 41 Omogućava vam da odrediti i urediti odnos između dvije tablice.
29 DBACCESS_HID_RELATIONDIALOG_LEFTFIELDCELL 43 Imena odabranih tablica za link ovdje pojavljuju kao nazivi kolona.
2a DBACCESS_HID_RELATIONDIALOG_RIGHTFIELDCELL 43 Imena odabranih tablica za link ovdje pojavljuju kao nazivi kolona.
1d DBACCESS_HID_RELDLG_KEYFIELDS 23 Definiše ključna polja za odnose.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_WIZ_TABLENAME_EDIT 1d Određuje naziv za kopiranje.
3a dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3ATAB_WIZ_COPYTABLE%3ARB_APPENDDATA 3e Dodati podaci tablice mogu biti kopirani u postojeće tablice.
34 dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3ATAB_WIZ_COPYTABLE%3ARB_VIEW c2 Ako baza podataka podržava Views, možete odabrati ovu opciju samo kad upit se kopira u tablici kontejner. Ova opcija omogućava Vam da pogledate i uređivanje upit kao normalni prikaz tablice.
30 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ATAB_WIZ_COPYTABLE%3AET_KEYNAME 46 Određuje naziv za primarni ključ generisan Ovaj naziv nije obavezan.
33 dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3ATAB_WIZ_COPYTABLE%3ARB_DEF 3d Kopira samo definicija tablice, a ne i odgovarajuće podatke.
3b dbaccess%3ACheckBox%3ATAB_WIZ_COPYTABLE%3ACB_PRIMARY_COLUMN 4a Automatically generates a primary key data field and fills it with values.
37 dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3ATAB_WIZ_COPYTABLE%3ARB_DEFDATA 28 Stvara 1:1 kopiju baze podataka tablice.
45 dbaccess%3AMultiListBox%3ATAB_WIZ_COLUMN_SELECT%3ALB_NEW_COLUMN_NAMES 38 Popisi polja koja želite uključiti u kopirane tablice.
3d dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_COLUMN_SELECT%3AIB_COLUMN_LH 55 Dodaje ili uklanja označena polja (> ili < button) ili sva polja (<< ili >> button).
3e dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_COLUMN_SELECT%3AIB_COLUMNS_LH 55 Dodaje ili uklanja označena polja (> ili < button) ili sva polja (<< ili >> button).
3e dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_COLUMN_SELECT%3AIB_COLUMNS_RH 55 Dodaje ili uklanja označena polja (> ili < button) ili sva polja (<< ili >> button).
45 dbaccess%3AMultiListBox%3ATAB_WIZ_COLUMN_SELECT%3ALB_ORG_COLUMN_NAMES bc Lists the available data fields that you can include in the copied table. To copy a data field, click its name, and then click the > button. To copy all of the fields, click the >> button.
3d dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_COLUMN_SELECT%3AIB_COLUMN_RH 55 Dodaje ili uklanja označena polja (> ili < button) ili sva polja (<< ili >> button).
21 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT 2b Izaberi default vrijednost za polja Yes/No.
43 dbaccess%3AMultiListBox%3ATAB_WIZ_TYPE_SELECT%3ALB_NEW_COLUMN_NAMES 42 Popisi polja podataka koji će biti uključeni u kopirane tablice.
35 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ATAB_WIZ_TYPE_SELECT%3APB_AUTO 2a Omogućuje automatsko prepoznavanje vrste.
19 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE 14 Select a field type.
18 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 26 Unesi broj karaktera za polje podatka.
37 dbaccess%3ANumericField%3ATAB_WIZ_TYPE_SELECT%3AET_AUTO 30 Unesite broj linija za automatsko prepoznavanja.
1d DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_TEXT_LEN 26 Unesi broj karaktera za polje podatka.
1a DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 7c Unesite broj decimalnih mjesta za polje podatka. Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo za numerička ili decimalna polja podataka.
1f DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME 50 Prikazuje ime odabranog polja podataka. Ako želite, možete unijeti novi naziv.
36 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3APB_ALL 2b Selects all of the data fields in the list.
3d dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3AIB_COLUMN_UP 35 Moves the selected entry up one position in the list.
28 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_NAMEMATCHING_COLS_AVAIL 16e Popisi podataka polja u izvornoj tablici. Uključiti polje podataka iz izvorne tablice u odredišnoj tablici, označite okvir  ispred naziva polja podataka. Za mapiranje sadržaja polja podataka u tablici na izvor različitih podataka polja u odredišnoj tablici, pritisnite podatkovno polje na popisu izvorne tablice, a zatim kliknite strelicu prema gore ili dolje.
37 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3APB_NONE 2a Clears all of the check boxes in the list.
43 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3AIB_COLUMN_UP_RIGHT 35 Moves the selected entry up one position in the list.
45 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3AIB_COLUMN_DOWN_RIGHT 37 Moves the selected entry down one position in the list.
3f dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3AIB_COLUMN_DOWN 37 Moves the selected entry down one position in the list.
29 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_NAMEMATCHING_COLS_ASSIGN 9a Popisi mogućih podataka polja u odredišnoj tablici. Samo podaci polja koja su odabrane u popisu izvorne tablice će biti uključena odredišne tablice..
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SQL92CHECK 89 Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG b2 Uses the current data source of the Catalog. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box clear.
21 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_ODBC_OPTIONS 56 Use this text field to enter additional optional driver settings if this is necessary.
22 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_RETRIEVE_AUTO 63 Enter an SQL statement that returns the last auto-incremented value for the primary key data field.
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_AUTOINCREMENTVALUE 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
28 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_AUTORETRIEVEENABLED 67 Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.
23 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_INDICIES 61 Opens the Indexes dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SHOWDELETED 7f Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.
33 dbaccess%3AComboBox%3ADLG_DBASE_INDEXES%3ACB_TABLES 31 Select the database table that you want to index.
36 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ADLG_DBASE_INDEXES%3AIB_REMOVE 3a Moves the selected table indexes to the Free Indexes list.
39 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ADLG_DBASE_INDEXES%3AIB_REMOVEALL 38 Moves all of the table indexes to the Free Indexes list.
38 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_DBASE_INDEXES%3ALB_TABLEINDEXES 3a Lists the current indexes for the selected database table.
36 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ADLG_DBASE_INDEXES%3AIB_ADDALL 38 Moves all of the free indexes to the Table Indexes list.
33 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ADLG_DBASE_INDEXES%3AIB_ADD 33 Moves the selected index to the Table Indexes list.
37 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_DBASE_INDEXES%3ALB_FREEINDEXES 3b Lists the available indexes that you can assign to a table.
2f dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_DIRECTSQL%3ALB_HISTORY 6a Lists the previously executed SQL commands. To run a command again, click the command, and then click Run.
34 dbaccess%3AMultiLineEdit%3ADLG_DIRECTSQL%3AME_STATUS 48 Displays the results, including errors, of the SQL command that you ran.
31 dbaccess%3AMultiLineEdit%3ADLG_DIRECTSQL%3AME_SQL 3a Enter the SQL administration command that you want to run.
32 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ADLG_DIRECTSQL%3APB_EXECUTE 40 Runs the command that you entered in the Command to execute box.
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL ed Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
d .uno%3ASortup 51 Sortira popis imena tablica u uzlaznom redoslijedu počevši na početku abecede.
1f DBACCESS_HID_TAB_PAGE_TBLGRANTS 4c Displays and lets you edit the database access rights for the selected user.
1e DBACCESS_HID_TAB_PAGE_PBCHGPWD 27 Mjenja trenutnu šifru za pristup bazi.
1c DBACCESS_HID_TAB_PAGE_PBUSER 34 Adds a new user for accessing the selected database.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_PAGE_PBUSERDELETE 1a Removes the selected user.
1c DBACCESS_HID_TAB_PAGE_LBUSER 37 Odaberite korisnika čije postavke želite promijeniti.
34 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3AET_TRANSACTIONLOG 3a Displays the path and the name of the TRANSACTIONLOG file.
2e dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3AET_FREESIZE 53 Displays the amount of free space (in megabytes) that is available in the database.
2a dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3AET_SIZE 2e Prikazuje punu veličinu baze (u megabajtima).
39 dbaccess%3ANumericField%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3AET_MEMORYUSING 42 Displays the amount of used space in the database as a percentage.
31 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3ALB_DATADEVS 38 Displays the path and the name of the DATADEVSPACE file.
31 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3AET_SYSDEVSPACE 37 Displays the path and the name of the SYSDEVSPACE file.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_USR a1 Enter the name of the domain user that is used by Adabas internally. Normally, the default settings for the name and password of the domain user are not changed.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSPWD 11 Enter a password.
22 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_CACHE_SIZE 2e Enter the size of the data cache in megabytes.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONPWD 11 Enter a password.
24 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE 25 Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.
2b DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG_SIZE 34 Enter the size of the transaction file in megabytes.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONUSR cb Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database. Normally, the default settings for the name and the password of the control user are not changed.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DBNAME 1e Type the name of the database.
29 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE_SIZE 4d Enter the size of the database in megabytes here. The maximum size is 100 MB.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBDATADEVSPACE 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
28 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBTRANSACTIONLOG 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
21 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DOMAINPWD 11 Enter a password.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSUSR 2d Enter the name of the database administrator.
25 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBSYSDEVSPACE 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
23 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSDEVSPACE 27 Enter the path for the system DEVSPACE.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG 2c Enter the path for the transaction log file.
2a DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CHECK_REQUIRED_FIELDS d8 When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.
28 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_IGNOREINDEXAPPENDIX 2d Creates an index with ASC or DESC statements.
1f HID_DSADMIN_PRIMARY_KEY_SUPPORT 5f Enable to overrule Base's heuristics used to detect whether the database supports primary keys.
1b HID_DSADMIN_ESCAPE_DATETIME 35 Use date/time literals that conform to ODBC standard.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BOOLEANCOMPARISON 3b Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_ENABLEOUTERJOIN 5c Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}
25 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_APPENDTABLEALIAS 39 Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SCHEMA 37 Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DOSLINEENDS 6d Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_PARAMETERNAMESUBST 44 Replaces named parameters in a data source with a question mark (?).
26 HID_DSADMIN_AS_BEFORE_CORRELATION_NAME 9b Some databases use the keyword "AS" between a name and its alias, while other databases use a whitespace. Enable this option to insert AS before the alias.
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL 49 Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
1c DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CATALOG b7 Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_IGNOREDRIVER_PRIV 43 Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.
1c DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET 54 Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SPECIAL_MESSAGE 38 Select the type of database that you want to connect to.
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLCLASS 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_PB_TESTMYSQLCLASS 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
3c dbaccess%3ACheckBox%3APAGE_CONNECTION%3ACB_PASSWORD_REQUIRED 61 If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CALC_PATH 4e Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.
2e DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLDBNAME 1f Enter the name of the database.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_PATH 3e Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FLAT_PATH 2f Enter the path to the folder of the text files.
3b dbaccess%3APushButton%3APAGE_CONNECTION%3APB_TESTCONNECTION 38 Tests the database connection with the current settings.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_DATABASE_WIZARD 57 The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_GETEXISTINGDATABASE 49 Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DSTYPE 3e Select the database type for the existing database connection.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ALB_DOCUMENTLIST 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
3a dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ARB_OPENEXISTINGDOC 62 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
36 dbaccess%3APushButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3APB_OPENDOCUMENT a6 Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
36 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_CREATEDBDATABASE 20 Select to create a new database.
36 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_FINAL_RB_REGISTERDATASOURCE 118 Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Fields - Other) or in a mail merge.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_FINAL_CB_OPENAFTERWARDS 4f Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.
3a DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_FINAL_RB_DONTREGISTERDATASOURCE 4e Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.
34 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_FINAL_CB_STARTTABLEWIZARD 46 Select to call the Table Wizard after the Database Wizard is finished.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_PB_MSACCESSLOCATION 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_ET_MSACCESSLOCATION 28 Specifies the path to the database file.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_PB_ADABASNAME 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_ET_ADABASNAME 24 Enter the name of the database file.
3e DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_AUTHENTIFICATION_ET_GENERALUSERNAME 30 A user name can have a maximum of 18 characters.
46 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_AUTHENTIFICATION_CB_GENERALPASSWORDREQUIRED 2b A password must contain 3 to 18 characters.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_ET_ADOURL 1a Enter the data source URL.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_PB_ADOURL 2a Click to open a database selection dialog.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_ET_DBASELOCATION 28 Enter the path to the dBASE *.dbf files.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_PB_DBASELOCATION 1d Open a path selection dialog.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLHOSTSERVER 41 hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DRIVERCLASS 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
2c DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLPORT df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
2a DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_JDBCURL df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
29 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_LDAP_ET_BASEDN 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
20 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_BASEDN 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
29 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_LDAP_CB_USESSL 56 Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_LDAP_ET_PORTNUMBER 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_LDAP_ET_HOSTSERVER 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_PORTNUMBER 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
22 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_HOSTNAME 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MYSQL_RB_CONNECTVIAJDBC 48 Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MYSQL_RB_CONNECTVIAODBC 48 Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_ET_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 24 Enter the path to the database file.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_PB_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 33 Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEPORT 2e Enter the port number for the database server.
35 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEHOSTSERVER 26 Enter the name of the Oracle database.
30 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLECLASS 26 Enter the URL for the database server.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_ET_SPREADSHEETPATH 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_PB_SPREADSHEETPATH 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
45 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_CB_SPREADSHEETPASSWORDREQUIRED 44 Select to request a password from the user of the database document.
28 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR 87 Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR 81 Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_PB_LOCATIONTEXTFILE 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSOTHERFILES 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FIELD_SEPARATOR 4a Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_OWNEXTENSION 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
23 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_TEXT_SEPARATOR 4c Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSCSVFILES 1a Click to access csv files.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_LOCATIONTEXTFILE fd Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSTXTFILES 1a Click to access txt files.
1f DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_EDIT 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
f .uno%3ADBRename 71 Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.
f .uno%3ADBDelete 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 40 Starts the Report Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView cf Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 21 Opens the Connection Type Wizard.
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 25 Opens the Database Properties dialog.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 3e Starts the Form Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_DELETE 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 25 Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Opens the selected object in the last saved state.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter 86 Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail fe Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
42 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ADLG_COLLECTION_VIEW%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_UP 31 Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.
49 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ADLG_COLLECTION_VIEW%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_NEWFOLDER 36 Click to create a new folder within the database file.
43 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ADLG_COLLECTION_VIEW%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_SAVE 2c Click to save the form to the database file.
40 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_COLLECTION_VIEW%3AED_EXPLORERFILE_FILENAME 27 Enter the file name for the saved form.
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 1d Opens a new view in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 1c Opens the table design view.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 48 Starts the Report Builder window for the selected table, view, or query.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 44 Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 1e Opens a new query in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 21 Opens a new query in design mode.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 27 Opens a new text document in form mode.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 20 Opens a new view in design mode.
28 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_CREATE_DESIGN 1c Opens the table design view.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 4b Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.
23 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_TABLE_SELECTOR 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 5d Opens the Relation Design view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 38 Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.
14 .uno%3ADBTableFilter 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 47 Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 10 Opens a submenu.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 43 Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 2c Disables the preview in the database window.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 36 The preview displays the document of a form or report.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 15 Refreshes the tables.
d .uno%3ADBSort 10 Opens a submenu.
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 49 The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 47 Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 45 Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
32 dbaccess%3AMultiLineEdit%3ATP_SUMMARY%3AED_CHANGES 42 The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.
45 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ATP_SAVE_DBDOC_AS%3APB_BROWSE_SAVE_AS_LOCATION c1 Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_LOGIN%3ACB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD 99 Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_PASSWORD 31 Enter the password to connect to the data source.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_USERNAME 32 Enter the user name to connect to the data source.
17 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD 36 The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTTABLES 39 Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND3 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND4 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND3 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND1 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT2 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT1 39 Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND2 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND1 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT4 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT3 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND4 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND2 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_3 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_2 24 Select the condition for the filter.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHALL 45 Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_3 24 Select the condition for the filter.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_2 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_3 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_1 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_1 24 Select the condition for the filter.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHANY 47 Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_2 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_1 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEPLUS 1e Appends a new row of controls.
30 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATESUMMARYQUERY 33 Select to show only results of aggregate functions.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEMINUS 21 Removes the last row of controls.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFIELDS_1 1e Select the numeric field name.
2e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFUNCTION_1 1e Select the aggregate function.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATEDETAILQUERY 28 Select to show all records of the query.
2a WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHALL 44 Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_3 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_1 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_3 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_1 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_2 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_3 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_2 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_2 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHANY 46 Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_1 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTTITLE_1 23 Enter the alias for the field name.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTSUMMARY 20 Displays a summary of the query.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDISPLAYQUERY 25 Select to save and display the query.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTQUERYTITLE 1c Enter the name of the query.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMODIFYQUERY 31 Select to save the query and open it for editing.
2e REPORTDESIGN_CHECKBOX_RID_DATETIME_DLG_CB_TIME 94 Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.
2e REPORTDESIGN_CHECKBOX_RID_DATETIME_DLG_CB_DATE 94 Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 42 Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 62 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 65 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 63 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 64 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 3a Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2e Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 37 Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2c Inserts a vertical line to the current area.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DEEPTRAVERSING e8 If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction a9 In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PREEVALUATED 57 If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_INITIALFORMULA 5a Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_REPORT_NAVIGATOR_TREE 9f Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORMULA 44 Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.
3b REPORTDESIGN_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PAGENUMBERS_RB_PAGE_BOTTOMPAGE 17 Bottom of Page (Footer)
38 REPORTDESIGN_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PAGENUMBERS_RB_PAGE_TOPPAGE 14 Top of Page (Header)
32 REPORTDESIGN_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PAGENUMBERS_RB_PAGE_N 6 Page N
32 REPORTDESIGN_LISTBOX_RID_PAGENUMBERS_LST_ALIGNMENT 9 Alignment
37 REPORTDESIGN_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PAGENUMBERS_RB_PAGE_N_OF_M b Page N of M
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_HEIGHT 2a Defines the height of the selected object.
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEFOOTEROPTION 78 Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer
2e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTWHENGROUPCHANGE 17 Print when group change
1e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELD_SEL c4 The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field.
34 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_CONDITIONALPRINTEXPRESSION 5b If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.
29 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKTRANSPARENT 51 Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DATAFIELD 43 On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORCENEWPAGE 66 Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONY 2a Set the Y Position for the selected object
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VERTICAL_ALIGN f Vert. Alignment
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONX 2a Set the X Position for the selected object
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 5a To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select Report.
22 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_FONT 2d Select the font for the selected text object.
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEHEADEROPTION 79 Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRESERVEIRI f5 For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_WIDTH 26 Sets the width of the selected object.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_VISIBLE 68 An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKCOLOR 53 Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_KEEPTOGETHER 78 Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.
2b REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_GROUPKEEPTOGETHER 5c Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.
2d REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTREPEATEDVALUES 23 Specifies to print repeated values.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_NEWROWORCOL 93 New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_GROUPSORT_DELETE 29 Removes the selected field from the list.
41 reportdesign%3AListBox%3ARID_GROUPS_SORTING%3ALST_KEEPTOGETHERLST 4e Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.
1e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_GROUPSBRW 9f Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELDEXPRESSION 37 Click to open a list from which you can select a field.
40 REPORTDESIGN_NUMERICFIELD_RID_GROUPS_SORTING_ED_GROUPINTERVALLST 3b Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.
36 REPORTDESIGN_LISTBOX_RID_GROUPS_SORTING_LST_GROUPONLST 4b Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.
35 REPORTDESIGN_LISTBOX_RID_GROUPS_SORTING_LST_FOOTERLST 28 Select to show or hide the Group Footer.
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
35 REPORTDESIGN_LISTBOX_RID_GROUPS_SORTING_LST_HEADERLST 28 Select to show or hide the Group Header.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_GROUPSORT_MOVE_UP 28 Moves the selected field up in the list.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_GROUPSORT_MOVE_DOWN 2a Moves the selected field down in the list.
31 REPORTDESIGN_LISTBOX_RID_GROUPS_SORTING_LST_ORDER 19 Select the sorting order.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_DIALOG 36 The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTBUSINESS 40 Select the business category to see only business sample tables.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSSELECTED 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LBTABLES a2 Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTPRIVATE 3e Select the private category to see only private sample tables.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_AUTOINCREMENTVALUE 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMINUS 2c Remove the selected field from the list box.
1d DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_REQUIRED 2c If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_COLNAME 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_AUTOINCREMENT 53 If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPLUS 25 Add a new data field to the list box.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_SELFIELDNAMES 36 Select a field in order to edit the field information.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CHK_USEPRIMEKEY cd Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_AVAILABLE 47 Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_AUTOMATIC 41 Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED aa Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_PK_FIELDNAME 16 Select the field name.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SEVERAL 4d Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.
2e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE_AUTOMATIC b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SINGLE 44 Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_TXT_NAME 19 Specifies the table name.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_MODIFYTABLE 41 Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_WORKWITHTABLE 29 Select to save and edit the table design.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_CATALOG 54 Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_STARTFORMWIZARD 83 Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_SCHEMA 52 Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 39 Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 43 Opens the selected table so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 1c Deletes the selected report.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 1b Deletes the selected query.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 1b Renames the selected query.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 43 Opens the selected query so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 42 Opens the selected form so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 1c Renames the selected report.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 1a Renames the selected form.
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 44 Opens the selected report so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 35 Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 1b Renames the selected table.
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 1b Deletes the selected table.
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 1a Deletes the selected form.
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights 6b Switches the letter height of the selected Fontwork objects from normal to the same height for all objects.
3c SVX_HID_SVX_CHINESE_TRANSLATION_RB_CONVERSION_TO_TRADITIONAL 46 Click to apply the character spacing to the selected Fontwork objects.
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 24 Opens the Fontwork Alignment window.
19 .uno%3AFontworkShapeTypes 64 Opens the Fontwork Shape toolbar. Click a shape to apply the shape to all selected Fontwork objects.
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 2c Opens the Fontwork Character Spacing window.
c FontWork1TBO 3e Click to apply the alignment to the selected Fontwork objects.
c FontWork2TBO 2b Enter the Fontwork character spacing value.
16 SC_HID_SCDLG_CONFLICTS 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
32 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCDLG_SHAREDOCUMENT%3ACB_SHARE dc Enable to share the current document with other users. Disable to use the document unshared. This will invalidate the not yet saved edits that other users applied in the time since you last opened or saved this document.
37 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONFLICTS%3ABTN_KEEPALLMINE 30 Keeps all your changes, voids all other changes.
14 .uno%3AShareDocument 66 Opens the Share Document dialog where you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.
34 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONFLICTS%3ABTN_KEEPMINE 2a Keeps your change, voids the other change.
39 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONFLICTS%3ABTN_KEEPALLOTHERS 39 Keeps the changes of all other users, voids your changes.
35 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONFLICTS%3ABTN_KEEPOTHER 36 Keeps the change of the other user, voids your change.
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 65 If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied.
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 64 If you click on the Close button on the Form Filter toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 51 Otvara se okvir za dijalog s kojim možete dodavati, uređivati i ukloniti ikone.
19 SVX_HID_FM_FILTER_IS_NULL e9 Možete urediti filter uvjetima u ovom području izravno kao tekst. Ako želite provjeriti da li je polje sadržaj ili nema sadržaja, možete odabrati filter uvjetima "prazne" (SQL: "Is Null") ili "nije prazna" (SQL: "Is not Null").
18 SVX_HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
f SVX_HID_FM_EDIT e9 Možete urediti filter uvjetima u ovom području izravno kao tekst. Ako želite provjeriti da li je polje sadržaj ili nema sadržaja, možete odabrati filter uvjetima "prazne" (SQL: "Is Null") ili "nije prazna" (SQL: "Is not Null").
16 SVX_HID_FM_IS_NOT_NULL e9 Možete urediti filter uvjetima u ovom području izravno kao tekst. Ako želite provjeriti da li je polje sadržaj ili nema sadržaja, možete odabrati filter uvjetima "prazne" (SQL: "Is Null") ili "nije prazna" (SQL: "Is not Null").
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator 69 To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the Filter navigation icon on the filter bar.
1e SVX_HID_CTL_FONTWORK_FAVORITES bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
12 .uno%3ASaveGraphic 99 To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Graphics Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.
20 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ADBButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AMathButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
15 FWK_HID_BACKINGWINDOW 36 Click an icon to open a new document or a file dialog.
24 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AWriterButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ADrawButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AOpenButton 35 The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialog.
25 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AImpressButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ACalcButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
26 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ATemplateButton 3c The Templates icon opens the Templates and Documents dialog.
12 .uno%3AShowLicense 34 Displays the Licensing and Legal information dialog.
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 4c The Help menu allows you to start and control the $[officename] Help system.
c .uno%3AAbout 4b Displays general program information such as version number and copyrights.
12 .uno%3AShowCredits d3 Displays the CREDITS.odt document which lists the names of individuals who have contributed to OpenOffice.org source code (and whose contributions were imported into LibreOffice) or LibreOffice since 2010-09-28.
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 4a Opens the main page of the $[officename] Help for the current application.
e RID_ENVTOOLBOX 41 The Standard bar is available in every $[officename] application.
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 47 Enables extended help tips under the mouse pointer till the next click.
18 .HelpId%3Atableobjectbar 75 The Table Bar contains functions you need when working with tables. It appears when you move the cursor into a table.
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 34 Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 15 Creates a new record.
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 40 Deletes a record. A query needs to be confirmed before deleting.
e .uno%3ARecUndo 20 Allows you to undo a data entry.
e .uno%3ARecSave 41 Saves a new data entry. The change is registered in the database.
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 1d Takes you to the next record.
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 1d Takes you to the last record.
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 1e Takes you to the first record.
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 21 Takes you to the previous record.
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 59 Shows the number of the current record. Enter a number to go to the corresponding record.
e .uno%3AGridUse 3d Specifies that you can move objects only between grid points.
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 4d This icon converts a corner point or a smooth point into a symmetrical point.
12 HID_BEZIER_TOOLBOX 53 The Edit Points Bar appears when you select a polygon object and click Edit Points.
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete a8 Use the Delete Points icon to delete one or several selected points. If you wish to select several points click the appropriate points while holding down the Shift key.
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 4f Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 19 Closes a line or a curve.
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 41 Converts a corner point or symmetrical point into a smooth point.
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 41 Activates the insert mode. This mode allows you to insert points.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 2e Activates a mode in which you can move points.
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine 76 The Split Curve icon splits a curve. Select the point or points where you want to split the curve, then click the icon
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 3c Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 39 Converts the selected point or points into corner points.
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 43 This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.
1a CUI_HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX 18 Select an entry to edit.
29 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_SHORTCUT 13 Type your initials.
2b cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_TITLE 1e Type your title in this field.
25 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_CITY 1d Type the city where you live.
2f cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_FIRSTNAME 15 Type your first name.
25 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_NAME 14 Type your last name.
2f cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_SHORTNAME 13 Type your initials.
2d cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_COUNTRY 10 Type your state.
30 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_TELCOMPANY 24 Type your work number in this field.
25 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_FAX 23 Type your fax number in this field.
26 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_COMP 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
29 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_COUNTRY 10 Type your state.
17 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_GENERAL 2d Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.
2a cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_CITY 1d Type the city where you live.
26 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_MAIL 19 Type your e-mail address.
29 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_FAX 23 Type your fax number in this field.
29 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_PLZ 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
2a sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_FIRSTNAME 15 Type your first name.
2d cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_COMPANY 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
26 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_TITLE 1e Type your title in this field.
24 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_FAX 23 Type your fax number in this field.
26 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_CITY 1d Type the city where you live.
28 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_STREET 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
25 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_MAIL 19 Type your e-mail address.
2e cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_US_STATE 10 Type your state.
2a cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_NAME 14 Type your last name.
2a sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_POSITION 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
28 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_COUNTRY 10 Type your state.
2e cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_POSITION 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
25 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_BUSINESS_DATA%3AED_ZIP 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
30 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_US_ZIPCODE 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
2f cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_TELPRIVAT 31 Type your private telephone number in this field.
24 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_ZIP 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
2c cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_STREET 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
2d cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_US_CITY 1d Type the city where you live.
27 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_PRIVATE_DATA%3AED_STREET 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
2b cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXPAGE_GENERAL%3AED_EMAIL 19 Type your e-mail address.
30 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ABTN_AUTOSAVE 94 Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.
35 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ABTN_RELATIVE_INET 3c Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.
35 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ABTN_RELATIVE_FSYS 3f Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.
29 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ALB_APP 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
34 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ACB_LOAD_SETTINGS 47 Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.
14 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_SAVE 72 In the General section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.
31 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ALB_ODF_VERSION fc Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
36 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ACB_LOAD_DOCPRINTER 16c If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
38 sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ARID_DLG_ALIEN_WARNING%3ACB_WARNING_OFF c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
2e cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ABTN_BACKUP d5 Saves the previous version of a document as a backup copy whenever you save a document. Every time %PRODUCTNAME creates a backup copy, the previous backup copy is replaced. The backup copy gets the extension .BAK.
37 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ABTN_WARNALIENFORMAT c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
38 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ABTN_NOPRETTYPRINTING 61 When saving the document, %PRODUCTNAME writes the XML data without indents and extra line breaks.
2c cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ALB_FILTER b1 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
2f cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3ABTN_DOCINFO 5b Specifies that the Properties dialog will appear every time you select the Save As command.
33 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SFXPAGE_SAVE%3AED_AUTOSAVE 49 Specifies the time interval in minutes for the automatic recovery option.
18 CUI_HID_OPTPATH_CTL_PATH 65 To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click Edit. You can also double click the entry.
2e cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXPAGE_PATH%3ABTN_PATH 36 Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
14 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_PATH 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXPAGE_PATH%3ABTN_STANDARD 48 The Default button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.
3b cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_MULTIPATH%3ABTN_ADD_MULTIPATH 60 Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_MULTIPATH%3ALB_MULTIPATH 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
1b CUI_HID_LNGDLG_NUM_PREBREAK 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
2a cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXDLG_EDITDICT%3AED_WORD 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
31 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SFXDLG_EDITDICT%3ALB_DICTLANG 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
3c cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXPAGE_LINGU%3APB_LINGU_MODULES_EDIT 34 To edit a language module, select it and click Edit.
18 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_DICT_NEW 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
2d cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXDLG_NEWDICT%3AED_DICTNAME 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
3d cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXPAGE_LINGU%3APB_LINGU_DICS_EDIT_DIC 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
3c cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXPAGE_LINGU%3APB_LINGU_DICS_NEW_DIC 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
3c cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXPAGE_LINGU%3APB_LINGU_OPTIONS_EDIT 44 If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click Edit.
1d CUI_HID_CLB_EDIT_MODULES_DICS 26 Lists the available user dictionaries.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SFXDLG_NEWDICT%3ALB_DICTLANG 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
37 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXDLG_EDITDICT%3APB_NEW_REPLACE a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
19 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_DICT_EDIT 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
19 CUI_HID_CLB_LINGU_OPTIONS 37 Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 41 Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.
3a cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXDLG_EDITDICT%3APB_DELETE_REPLACE 3b Removes the marked word from the current custom dictionary.
41 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXDLG_LNG_ED_NUM_PREBREAK%3AED_PREBREAK 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
15 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_LINGU 46 Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.
3c cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXPAGE_LINGU%3APB_LINGU_DICS_DEL_DIC 59 Deletes the selected dictionary after a confirmation, provided it is not write-protected.
31 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SFXDLG_EDITDICT%3ALB_ALLDICTS 20 Specifies the book to be edited.
30 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SFXDLG_NEWDICT%3ABTN_EXCEPT 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
19 CUI_HID_CLB_LINGU_MODULES 28 Contains the installed language modules.
2d cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SFXDLG_EDITDICT%3AED_REPLACE a6 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary. The field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box.
44 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_EDIT_MODULES%3APB_EDIT_MODULES_PRIO_UP 4b Increases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
46 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_EDIT_MODULES%3APB_EDIT_MODULES_PRIO_DOWN 4b Decreases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
20 CUI_HID_CLB_EDIT_MODULES_MODULES 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
42 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_EDIT_MODULES%3ALB_EDIT_MODULES_LANGUAGE 25 Specifies the language of the module.
46 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_EDIT_MODULES%3APB_EDIT_MODULES_PRIO_BACK 37 Click here to undo the current changes in the list box.
15 CUI_HID_TPCOLOR_RGB_2 5 Green
15 CUI_HID_TPCOLOR_RGB_1 3 Red
31 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3ALB_COLORMODEL 5c To modify, select the color model: Red-Green-Blue (RGB) or Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-BlacK (CMYK).
30 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3ABTN_SAVE 63 Opens the Save As dialog, which enables you to save the current color table under a specified name.
2e cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3ABTN_ADD 11 Adds a new color.
29 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3AEDT_NAME 69 Specifies the name of a selected color. You can also type a name in this field when defining a new color.
15 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_COLOR 5e Allows you to select a color from a color table, edit an existing color, or define new colors.
30 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3ABTN_LOAD 44 Accesses the Open dialog, which allows you to select a color palette
31 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3ABTN_MODIFY 1a Changes the current color.
2c cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3ALB_COLOR 51 Contains a list of available colors. To select a color, choose one from the list.
15 CUI_HID_TPCOLOR_RGB_3 4 Blue
32 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3ABTN_WORK_ON 44 Accesses the Open dialog, which allows you to select a color palette
32 svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_LUMINANCE 2b Sets the Brightness in the HSB color model.
2c svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_HUE 24 Sets the Hue in the HSB color model.
31 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3AMTR_FLD_4 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
16 CUI_HID_TPCOLOR_CMYK_2 35 Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.
2b svtools%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_KEY 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
28 svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_2 b7 Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the color, which corresponds to the selected color in the left window and updates the respective values in the numerical fields.
2c svtools%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_CYAN 32 Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.
28 svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_1 b7 Click the <-- button to replace the selected color in the color palette with the color selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a color in one of the four corners.
2d svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_BLUE 31 Sets the Blue color value in the RGB color model.
16 CUI_HID_TPCOLOR_CMYK_3 34 Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.
2e svtools%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_YELLOW 34 Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.
2e svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_GREEN 32 Sets the Green color value in the RGB color model.
2c svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_RED 30 Sets the Red color value in the RGB color model.
2f svtools%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_MAGENTA 35 Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.
33 svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_SATURATION 2b Sets the Saturation in the HSB color model.
16 CUI_HID_TPCOLOR_CMYK_1 32 Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.
29 cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_MISC%3ACB_TOOLTIP 86 Displays the icon names and more bubble help information, for example, chapter names when you scroll through a document with chapters.
33 cui%3APushButton%3AOFA_TP_MISC%3APB_HELPAGENT_RESET 67 Click Reset Help Agent to restore the default list of situations for which the Help Agent is displayed.
29 cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_MISC%3ACB_EXTHELP 63 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
2b cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_MISC%3ACB_HELPAGENT b0 Specifies that the Help Agent will be displayed automatically in selected situations. Click the Help Agent window to see a Help page with information about the current context.
2b cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_MISC%3ACB_DOCSTATUS 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
29 cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_MISC%3ACB_FILEDLG 84 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.
2f cui%3ANumericField%3AOFA_TP_MISC%3ANF_YEARVALUE 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
2b cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_MISC%3ALB_HELPFORMAT 27 Choose the style of $[officename] Help.
39 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION%3ALB_FONTHEIGHT 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
38 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION%3ACB_USETABLE 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
18 CUI_HID_OFA_SUBST_DELETE 26 Deletes the selected font replacement.
35 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION%3ACB_FONT2 31 Enter or select the name of the replacement font.
35 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION%3ACB_FONT1 3e Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.
1d CUI_HID_OFA_FONT_SUBSTITUTION a4 Zamjeni font za font vašeg izbora. Zamjena se desi samo na fontu koji je na ekranu ili kad se vrši ispis. Ne mijenja font koji je određen pri snimanju dokumenta.
37 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION%3ACB_NONPROP 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
37 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVX_FONT_SUBSTITUTION%3ALB_FONTNAME 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
1a CUI_HID_OFA_FONT_SUBST_CLB f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
17 CUI_HID_OFA_SUBST_APPLY 26 Applies the selected font replacement.
27 SVX_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_CB_SYSTEM_FONT 67 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.
30 svx%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_USE_ANTIALIASE af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
2d cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_SYSTEM_FONT 67 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.
32 cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_FONTANTIALIASING 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
13 CUI_HID_OFA_TP_VIEW 17 Specifies view options.
29 cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ALB_MOUSEPOS 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
19 .uno%3ARestoreEditingView 87 Specifies whether to restore the last used document view. Many view properties valid when the document was last saved will be restored.
12 .uno%3ARefreshView 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
2e svx%3AMetricField%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3AMF_SELECTION 7a Select the transparency level for transparent selections. The default value is 75%. You can select values from 10% to 90%.
29 cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ALB_ICONSIZE 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
2a cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ALB_ICONSTYLE 38 Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
2e cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_FONT_HISTORY 82 Lists the last five fonts that you used in the current document at the top of the list in the Font Name box on the Formatting bar.
23 SVX_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_LB_ICONSIZE 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_SELECTION b0 If enabled, the text selection in Writer and the cell selection in Calc will be shown using a transparent color. If not enabled, the selection will be shown by inverted colors.
24 SVX_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_LB_ICONSTYLE 38 Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
2b cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ALB_MENU_ICONS a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
2c cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ALB_MOUSEMIDDLE 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
2b cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_FONT_SHOW 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
2f cui%3AMetricField%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3AMF_WINDOWSIZE 62 Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogs and icon labels.
30 cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_USE_HARDACCELL 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
33 cui%3ANumericField%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ANF_AA_POINTLIMIT 33 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
44 sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_REDUCEBITMAPS_NORMAL 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
3f sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ACB_REDUCETRANSPARENCY a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
36 sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ACB_PAPERSIZE 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
47 sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_REDUCETRANSPARENCY_AUTO 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
3f sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_PRINTFILEOUTPUT 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
3a sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ACB_REDUCEBITMAPS 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
44 sfx2%3AListBox%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ALB_REDUCEBITMAPS_RESOLUTION 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
39 sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ACB_TRANSPARENCY 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
45 sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_REDUCEGRADIENTS_COLOR 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
45 sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_REDUCEBITMAPS_OPTIMAL 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
47 sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_REDUCEGRADIENTS_STRIPES 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
47 sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ACB_REDUCEBITMAPS_TRANSPARENCY 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
48 sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_REDUCEBITMAPS_RESOLUTION 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
3c sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ACB_REDUCEGRADIENTS 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
3d sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_PRINTEROUTPUT 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
4a sfx2%3ANumericField%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ANF_REDUCEGRADIENTS_STEPCOUNT 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
3d sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ACB_PAPERORIENTATION 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
47 sfx2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_REDUCETRANSPARENCY_NONE 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
40 sfx2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_COMMONPRINTOPTIONS%3ACB_CONVERTTOGREYSCALES 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
30 cui%3ANumericField%3AOFA_TP_MEMORY%3ANF_OLECACHE 46 Choose the maximum number of OLE objects that are pooled in the cache.
2f cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_MEMORY%3ACB_QUICKLAUNCH 89 Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.
3a cui%3ANumericField%3AOFA_TP_MEMORY%3ANF_GRAPHICOBJECTCACHE 64 Specifies that objects which are larger than the selected megabytes will not be placed in the cache.
36 cui%3ATimeField%3AOFA_TP_MEMORY%3ATF_GRAPHICOBJECTTIME 4f Specifies the time that each graphic remains in the cache in hours and minutes.
2c cui%3ANumericField%3AOFA_TP_MEMORY%3AED_UNDO 5c You can specify the number of steps which can be undone by selecting a number from the list.
34 cui%3ANumericField%3AOFA_TP_MEMORY%3ANF_GRAPHICCACHE 30 Specifies the total cache size for all graphics.
27 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME 22 Enter a name for the color scheme.
3a cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLORCONFIG%3APB_SAVESCHEME 47 Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
38 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLORCONFIG%3ALB_COLORSCHEME 29 Selects the color scheme you want to use.
3c cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLORCONFIG%3APB_DELETESCHEME 57 Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
29 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_COLORLIST_WIN 32 Select the colors for the user interface elements.
44 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ACCESSIBILITYCONFIG%3ACB_AUTO_DETECT_HC 5c Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.
3d cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ACCESSIBILITYCONFIG%3ACB_TIPHELP 3f Hides the Help tips after the number of seconds that you enter.
47 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ACCESSIBILITYCONFIG%3ACB_ANIMATED_GRAPHICS 40 Previews animated graphics, such as GIF images, in %PRODUCTNAME.
41 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ACCESSIBILITYCONFIG%3ANF_TIPHELP 35 Enter the number of seconds to display the Help tips.
43 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ACCESSIBILITYCONFIG%3ACB_TEXTSELECTION 27 Displays cursor in read-only documents.
43 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ACCESSIBILITYCONFIG%3ACB_PAGE_PREVIEWS 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
48 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ACCESSIBILITYCONFIG%3ACB_ACCESSIBILITY_TOOL e1 Allows you to use assistive tools, such as external screen readers, Braille devices or speech recognition input devices. The Java Runtime Environment must be installed on your computer before you can enable assistive support.
4a cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ACCESSIBILITYCONFIG%3ACB_AUTOMATIC_FONT_COLOR 6c Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
44 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ACCESSIBILITYCONFIG%3ACB_ANIMATED_TEXTS 48 Previews animated text, such as blinking and scrolling, in %PRODUCTNAME.
32 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_PROXY%3AED_FTP_PROXY 2a Type the name of the proxy server for FTP.
33 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_PROXY%3AED_HTTP_PROXY 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
33 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_PROXY%3AED_SOCKS_PORT 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_PROXY%3AED_FTP_PORT 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
33 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_PROXY%3AED_NOPROXYFOR 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
15 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_PROXY 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
33 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_PROXY%3AED_HTTPS_PORT 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
32 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_PROXY%3AED_HTTP_PORT 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
34 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_PROXY%3AED_HTTPS_PROXY 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
35 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_PROXY%3ALB_PROXYMODE 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_MAIL%3AED_MAILERURL 27 Enter the e-mail program path and name.
37 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_MAIL%3APB_MAILERURL 31 Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.
3f cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_MOZPLUGIN%3ACB_MOZPLUGIN_CODE c4 Enables the Browser Plug-in to show %PRODUCTNAME documents in a browser window. Select, click OK, then restart your browser. Then, in the browser window, click any %PRODUCTNAME document hyperlink.
3a cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SECURITY_OPTIONS%3ACB_SIGNDOCS bc Odaberite da vidite dijalog upozorenja kad želite potpisati dokument koji sadrži spasene promjene, verzije,polja, reference na druge izvore(npr. Povezane sekcije ili slike) ili blijeske.
3c cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_WEBCONNECTION_INFO%3APB_CHANGE 4b Otvara dijalog gdje možete vidjeti i promijeniti lozinku za odabrani unos.
3f cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_WEBCONNECTION_INFO%3APB_REMOVEALL 1a Ukloni sve unose sa liste.
42 uui%3AEdit%3ADLG_UUI_MASTERPASSWORD_CRT%3AED_MASTERPASSWORD_REPEAT 1c Unesi glavnu lozinku ponovo.
3f cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SECURITY_OPTIONS%3ACB_CTRLHYPERLINK 87 Ako je omogućen, morate držati Ctrl tipku dok klikate na hiperlink da slijedite taj link. Ako nije omogućeno, klik otvara hiperlink.
37 uui%3AEdit%3ADLG_UUI_MASTERPASSWORD%3AED_MASTERPASSWORD 22 Unesi glavnu lozinku da nastavite.
41 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY%3ACB_SEC_SAVEPASSWORDS ba Ako je omogućeno, %PRODUCTNAME će sigurno spasiti sve lozinke koje koristite da pristupite dokumentima iz web servera. Možete dobiti lozinke sa liste nakon sto ukucate glavnu lozinku.
3e cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SECURITY_OPTIONS%3ACB_RECOMMENDPWD a9 Odaberite da biste uvijek omogućili Spasi sa lozinkom opciju u dijaloškom okviru za spasavanje dokumenta. Odznacite opciju da spasite dokument standardno, bez lozinke.
41 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY%3APB_SEC_CONNECTIONS 77 Traži glavnu lozinku. Ako je glavna lozinka tačna, prikazuje dijaloški okvir informacija o spasenim web konekcijama.
3b cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SECURITY_OPTIONS%3ACB_CREATEPDF 99 Odaberite da vidite dijalog upozorenja kad želite pretvoriti dokument u PDF format koji prikazuje spasene promjene u Writer, ili koji prikazuje blijeske
45 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY%3APB_SEC_SECURITYOPTIONS 39 Otvara "Sigurnosne opcije i upozorenja" dijaloški okvir.
3b cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SECURITY_OPTIONS%3ACB_PRINTDOCS 72 Odaberite da vidite dijalog upozorenja kad želite štampati dokument koji sadrži spasene promjene ili blijeske..
3e cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY%3APB_SEC_MACROSEC 29 Otvara Sigurnost makroa dijaloški okvir.
3c cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_WEBCONNECTION_INFO%3APB_REMOVE 1e Ukloni odabrani unos sa liste.
3f uui%3AEdit%3ADLG_UUI_MASTERPASSWORD_CRT%3AED_MASTERPASSWORD_CRT 15 Unesi glavnu lozinku.
44 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_INET_SECURITY%3APB_SEC_MASTERPASSWORD 34 Otvara dijaloški okvir za unošenje glavne lozinke.
3c cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SECURITY_OPTIONS%3ACB_REMOVEINFO df Odaberite da uvijek uklonite podatke o korisniku iz postavki dokumenta. Ako opcija nije odabrana, i dalje možete ukloniti privatne podatke za trenutni dokument pritiskom na Poništi dugme na Datoteka - Osobine - Općenito.
3e cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_SECURITY_OPTIONS%3ACB_SAVESENDDOCS 85 Odaberite da vidite dijalog upozorenja kad želite spasiti ili poslati dokument koji sadrži spasene promjene, verzije, ili blijeske.
3b cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_STARBASIC_WARNING 81 Ako je ovo polje je označeno, kada se izvozi u HTML format, upozorenje ukazuje da %PRODUCTNAME Basic makroi će biti izgubljeni.
33 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE2 86 Koristite dugme Veličina 1 do Veličina 7 da definišete odgovarajuće veličine fonta za HTML <font size=1> do <font size=7> tagove.
36 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_UNKNOWN_TAGS 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
33 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE3 86 Koristite dugme Veličina 1 do Veličina 7 da definišete odgovarajuće veličine fonta za HTML <font size=1> do <font size=7> tagove.
30 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ALB_CHARSET 29 Odaberite prikladan set znakova za izvoz.
33 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE1 86 Koristite dugme Veličina 1 do Veličina 7 da definišete odgovarajuće veličine fonta za HTML <font size=1> do <font size=7> tagove.
33 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE4 86 Koristite dugme Veličina 1 do Veličina 7 da definišete odgovarajuće veličine fonta za HTML <font size=1> do <font size=7> tagove.
3c cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_NUMBERS_ENGLISH_US d6 If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
3a cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_IGNORE_FONTNAMES 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
39 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_PRINT_EXTENSION 55 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document is exported as well.
33 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE5 86 Koristite dugme Veličina 1 do Veličina 7 da definišete odgovarajuće veličine fonta za HTML <font size=1> do <font size=7> tagove.
33 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE7 86 Koristite dugme Veličina 1 do Veličina 7 da definišete odgovarajuće veličine fonta za HTML <font size=1> do <font size=7> tagove.
33 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_LOCAL_GRF dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
33 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ACB_STARBASIC 5c Označite ovo polje da uključite $[officename] Basic instrukcije pri izvozu u  HTML format.
2f cui%3AListBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ALB_EXPORT 32 Defines the settings for exporting HTML documents.
33 cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT%3ANF_SIZE6 86 Koristite dugme Veličina 1 do Veličina 7 da definišete odgovarajuće veličine fonta za HTML <font size=1> do <font size=7> tagove.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
27 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_GRF 40 Specifies whether to display graphics and objects on the screen.
2b sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_VSCROLL 24 Prikazuje vertikalnu pomičnu traku.
2a sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_HRULER 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
2a sw%3AListBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ALB_VMETRIC 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
2a sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_VRULER 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
2d sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_ANY_RULER 59 Enables the rulers. Use the following two check boxes to select the ruler(s) to be shown.
2b sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_HSCROLL 26 Prikazuje horizontalnu pomičnu traku.
27 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_TBL 2e Prikazuje tabele sadržane u Vašem dokumentu.
29 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_FIELD 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
29 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ALB_METRIC 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
29 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_CROSS ab Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
2a sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_POSTIT dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
31 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_SMOOTH_SCROLL 2f Aktivira funkciju za lagano pomicanje stranice.
30 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_VRULER_RIGHT 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
2b sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ACB_DRWFAST 3a Prikazuje crteže i kontrole sadržane u Vašem dokumentu.
2a sw%3AListBox%3ATP_CONTENT_OPT%3ALB_HMETRIC 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 9e Da prikažete granice tabele, desnim klikom idite na bilo koju tabelu i odaberite Granice tabele, ili odaberite Tabela - Tabela Boundaries u Writer dokumentu.
24 sw%3AComboBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ALB_IDX 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
25 sw%3AComboBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ALB_LIST 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
2f sw%3AMetricBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ALB_STANDARD_SIZE 1f Specifies the size of the font.
2c sw%3AMetricBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ALB_TITLE_SIZE 1f Specifies the size of the font.
28 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ACB_DOCONLY 3f Specifies that the settings apply to the current document only.
2c sw%3AMetricBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ALB_LABEL_SIZE 1f Specifies the size of the font.
f SW_HID_STD_FONT 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
2c sw%3AMetricBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ALB_INDEX_SIZE 1f Specifies the size of the font.
29 sw%3AComboBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ALB_STANDARD 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
26 sw%3AComboBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ALB_TITLE 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
2b sw%3AMetricBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ALB_LIST_SIZE 1f Specifies the size of the font.
26 sw%3AComboBox%3ATP_STD_FONT%3ALB_LABEL 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
2d sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_CTRLFLD 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
34 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_PAPERFROMSETUP a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
2d sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_REVERSE 72 Specifies whether to reverse the printing order. The last page of the document will then be the first one printed.
2c sw_CheckBox_TP_OPTPRINT_PAGE_CB_PROSPECT_RTL 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
30 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_SINGLEJOBS 62 Specifies that each new print job will begin on a new page even if you are using a duplex printer.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
36 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
28 SW%3ALISTBOX%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ALB_FAX 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
30 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_BLACK_FONT 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
40 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
2b SW%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ARB_NO 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
38 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
2c sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_RIGHTP 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
30 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_BACKGROUND 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
2b sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_LEFTP 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
2b sw_CheckBox_TP_OPTPRINT_PAGE_CB_HIDDEN_TEXT 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
14 SW_HID_OPTPRINT_PAGE 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
30 sw_CheckBox_TP_OPTPRINT_PAGE_CB_TEXT_PLACEHOLDER 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
2a sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_PGRF 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
2e sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_PROSPECT 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
2f sw_CheckBox_TP_OPTPRINT_PAGE_CB_PRINTEMPTYPAGES 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
14 SW_HID_OPTTABLE_PAGE 33 Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
33 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3ACB_REPEAT_HEADER 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
2c sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3ARB_FIX 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
37 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3ACB_NUMFMT_FORMATTING 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
2c sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3ARB_VAR 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
32 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3ACB_NUMALIGNMENT 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
2c sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3ACB_HEADER 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
2c sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3ACB_BORDER 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
1d .uno%3ATableNumberRecognition 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
30 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3ACB_DONT_SPLIT 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
33 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3ACB_NUMFORMATTING 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
30 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3AMF_ROWMOVE 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
30 sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3ARB_FIXPROP 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
32 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3AMF_COLINSERT 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
32 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3AMF_ROWINSERT 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
30 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_OPTTABLE_PAGE%3AMF_COLMOVE 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
28 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_PARA 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
35 sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ARB_SHDWCRSFILLTAB 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
38 sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ARB_SHDWCRSFILLINDENT 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
2f sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_CHAR_HIDDEN 66 Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Non-printing Characters is enabled.
37 sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ARB_SHDWCRSFILLSPACE 8b Kad se koristi direktni kursor, odgovarajući broj tabova i razmaka se unosi u novi paragraf po potrebi dok se ne dosegne klikana pozicija.
33 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_FLD_HIDDEN_PARA 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
38 sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ARB_SHDWCRSFILLMARGIN fe Postavlja usmjerenje paragrafa kad se koristi direktni kursor. Zavisno od mjesta gdje se klikne, paragraf se formatira kao lijevo usmjeren, centriran ili desno usmjeren. Kursor prije klika miša pokazuje, u smislu trougla, koje usmjerenje je postavljeno.
31 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_ALLOW_IN_PROT 6c Određuje da možete postaviti kursor u zaštićeno područje, ali ne možete napraviti bilo kakvu promjenu.
12 SW_HID_OPTSHDWCRSR 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
2a sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_HSPACE c6 Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Command+Shift+Spacebar Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
29 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_SHYPH 178 Specifies whether user-defined delimiters are displayed. These are hidden delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Command+Hyphen(-) Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with user-defined delimiters are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a user-defined delimiter has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
29 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_BREAK 82 Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.
2e sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_FLD_HIDDEN 47 Prikazuje tekst skriven pomoću Uvjetni tekst ili Skriveni tekst polja.
29 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_SPACE 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
30 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_SHDWCRSONOFF 1c Activates the direct cursor.
27 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTSHDWCRSR%3ACB_TAB 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
2a sw%3AListBox%3ATP_REDLINE_OPT%3ALB_MARKPOS 41 Definiše ako su i gdje izmijenjene linije u dokumentu označene.
2a sw%3AListBox%3ATP_REDLINE_OPT%3ALB_DEL_COL e3 Možete isto izabrati boju da prikažete svaku vrstu zapisane izmjene. Kada izaberete stanje "Po autoru" u spisku, boja je automatski određena putem $[officename], i onda podešena da bi se podudarila sa autorom svake izmjene.
29 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_REDLINE_OPT%3ALB_LC_COL 3c Određuje boju za označavanje izmijenjenih linija u tekstu.
2b sw%3AListBox%3ATP_REDLINE_OPT%3ALB_DEL_ATTR b1 Određuje kako su izmjene u dokumentu prikazane kada je tekst obrisan. Ako zapišete brisanja teksta, tekst je prikazan sa označenim atributom (npr. precrtati) i nije izbrisan.
2b sw%3AListBox%3ATP_REDLINE_OPT%3ALB_INS_ATTR 46 Određuje kako su izmjene u dokumentu prikazane kada je tekst ubačen.
2a sw%3AListBox%3ATP_REDLINE_OPT%3ALB_INS_COL e3 Možete isto izabrati boju da prikažete svaku vrstu zapisane izmjene. Kada izaberete stanje "Po autoru" u spisku, boja je automatski određena putem $[officename], i onda podešena da bi se podudarila sa autorom svake izmjene.
12 SW_HID_REDLINE_OPT 2b Određuje pojavljanje promjena u dokumentu.
2b sw%3AListBox%3ATP_REDLINE_OPT%3ALB_CHG_ATTR 90 Definiše kako su izmjene na atributima teksta prikazane u dokumentu. Ove izmjene utiču na atribute kao što su podebljaj, iskosi, ili podvuci.
2a sw%3AListBox%3ATP_REDLINE_OPT%3ALB_CHG_COL e3 Možete isto izabrati boju da prikažete svaku vrstu zapisane izmjene. Kada izaberete stanje "Po autoru" u spisku, boja je automatski određena putem $[officename], i onda podešena da bi se podudarila sa autorom svake izmjene.
2e sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ARB_ALWAYS 2f Uvijek obnovi linkove dok se učitava dokument.
13 SW_HID_OPTLOAD_PAGE 30 Određuje generalne postavke za tekst dokumenta.
37 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_AUTO_UPDATE_FIELDS c7 Sadržaji svih polja su obnovljeni automatski kada god su sadržaji ekrana prikazani kao novi. Čak i sa ovom neoznačenom kutijom, neka polja su obnovljena svaki put kada specijalno stanje započne.
37 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_AUTO_UPDATE_CHARTS a8 Određuje da li da automatski obnovi dijagrame. Kada god se mijenja vrijednost ćelije tabele pisca, dijagram koji prikazuje vrijednost ćelije je obnovljen automatski.
2d sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ARB_NEVER 38 Linkovi nisu nikada obnovljeni dok se učitava dokument.
2f sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ARB_REQUEST 3a Obnavlja linkove samo na zahtjev dok se učitava dokument.
2a sw%3AListBox%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ALB_METRIC 2c Određuje jedinicu mjere za tekst dokumenta.
2f sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ARB_NEVER 38 Linkovi nisu nikada obnovljeni dok se učitava dokument.
2b sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3AMF_TAB 36 Određuje razmak između individualnih tab prestanaka.
31 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ARB_REQUEST 3a Obnavlja linkove samo na zahtjev dok se učitava dokument.
30 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ARB_ALWAYS 2f Uvijek obnovi linkove dok se učitava dokument.
38 sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACB_USE_PRINTER_METRICS 67 Određuje da su metrike štampača primijenjene za štampanje i isto za formatiranje prikaza na ekranu.
37 sw%3APushButton%3ATP_OPTCOMPATIBILITY_PAGE%3APB_DEFAULT 6b Klikni da koristiš trenutne postavke na ovoj tab stranici kao standarde za buduće sesije sa %PRODUCTNAME.
1c SW_HID_OPTCOMPATIBILITY_PAGE 97 Određuje postavke kompatibilnosti za tekst dokumente. Ove opcije pomažu kod finog podešavanja %PRODUCTNAME kada se ubacuju Microsoft Word dokumenti.
30 sw%3AListBox%3ATP_OPTCAPTION_PAGE%3ALB_CHARSTYLE 15 Određuje stil znaka.
2e sw%3AListBox%3ATP_OPTCAPTION_PAGE%3ABOX_FORMAT 26 Određuje traženu vrstu odbrojavanja.
29 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_OPTCAPTION_PAGE%3AEDT_TEXT 52 Definiše znak koji će biti prikazan poslije broja zaglavlja ili nivoa poglavlja.
2c sw%3AListBox%3ATP_OPTCAPTION_PAGE%3ALB_LEVEL 4c Određuje zaglavlja ili nivoe paragrafa gdje želite da odbrojavanje počne.
2d sw%3AEdit%3ATP_OPTCAPTION_PAGE%3AED_SEPARATOR 52 Definiše znak koji će biti prikazan poslije broja zaglavlja ili nivoa poglavlja.
15 SW_HID_OPTCAPTION_CLB 48 Odaberi vrstu objekta za koji će opcije AutomatskogOpisa biti važeće.
2b sw%3AListBox%3ATP_OPTCAPTION_PAGE%3ABOX_POS 2e Utvrđuje poziciju opisa sa obzirom na objekt.
33 sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTCAPTION_PAGE%3ACB_APPLYBORDER 34 Primjenjuje granicu i sjenku objekta na okvir opisa.
31 sw%3AComboBox%3ATP_OPTCAPTION_PAGE%3ABOX_CATEGORY 27 Određuje kategoriju odabranog objekta.
3a svx%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ANUM_FLD_DIVISION_X 4c Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 33 Postavlja upute (brze linije) ispred svih objekata.
14 SVX_HID_OPTIONS_GRID d4 Određuje postavke za podesivu mrežu na vašim stranicama dokumenta. Ova mreža vam omogućava da utvrdite tačnu poziciju vaših objekata. Isto možete podesiti ovu mrežu u liniji sa "magnetnom" brzom mrežom.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2f Postavlja vidljivu mrežu ispred svih objekata.
34 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ACBX_GRID_VISIBLE 26 Određuje da li da se prikaže mreža.
35 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3AMTR_FLD_DRAW_Y 43 Definiše razmak tački mreže u željenoj jedinici mjere na Y-osi.
33 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ACBX_SYNCHRONIZE 43 Određuje da li da se izmjene trenutne postavke mreže simetrično.
3a svx%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ANUM_FLD_DIVISION_Y 4c Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.
34 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ACBX_USE_GRIDSNAP 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
35 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3AMTR_FLD_DRAW_X 42 Definiše jedinicu mjere za razmak između tački mreže na X-osi.
12 .uno%3AGridVisible 26 Određuje da li da se prikaže mreža.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions fb Definiše razne postavke za tablice za računanje, sadržaje koji će biti prikazani, i pravac kursora nakon upisa u ćeliju. Možete isto definisati i spiskove za redanje, utvrditi broj decimalnih mjesta i postavke za snimanje i označavanje izmjena.
14 .uno%3AScEditOptions fb Definiše razne postavke za tablice za računanje, sadržaje koji će biti prikazani, i pravac kursora nakon upisa u ćeliju. Možete isto definisati i spiskove za redanje, utvrditi broj decimalnih mjesta i postavke za snimanje i označavanje izmjena.
2f sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_OUTLINE 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
32 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_PAGEBREAKS 58 Određuje da li da se prikažu prekidi stranice unutar definisanog područja štampanja.
2d sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_RFIND ac Određuje da je svaka referenca označena u boju u formuli. Domet ćelije se zatvoren obojenom granicom sve dok je ćelija koja sadrži referencu odabrana za izmjenjivanje.
2d sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ALB_OBJGRF 3c Definiše da li su objekti i grafika prikazani ili skriveni.
2b sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_NIL 38 Određuje da li da se prikažu brojevi sa vrijednosti 0.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 60 Da bi prikazali napomenu trajno, odaberite Prikaži napomenu komandu iz sadržaj menija ćelija.
34 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_ROWCOLHEADER 3b Određuje da li će biti prikazani zaglavlja reda i kolone.
2f sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_FORMULA 45 Određuje da li da se prikažu formule umjesto rezultata u ćelijama.
2b sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ALB_GRID db Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
2e sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_ANCHOR 64 Određuje da li će ikona utvrđenja biti prikazana kada je ubačeni objekt, kao grafički, odabran.
2d sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_ANNOT bd Određuje da mali pravougaonik na vrhu desnog ugla ćelije pokazuje da napomena postoji. Napomena će se prikazati samo kada omogućite savjete na Tools - Opcije - %PRODUCTNAME - Općenito.
2c sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_CLIP de Ako ćelija sadrži tekst koji je širi od širine ćelije, tekst je prikazan preko praznih susjednih ćelija u istom redu. Ako nema prazne susjedne ćelija, mali trougao na granici ćelije prikazuje da se tekst nastavlja.
2c sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ALB_COLOR 3d Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
15 SC_HID_SCPAGE_CONTENT 91 Definiše koji elementi %PRODUCTNAME Calc glavnog prozora su prikazani. Možete isto i prikazati ili sakriti označavanje vrijednosti u tabelama.
2e sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_TBLREG 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
2f sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_HSCROLL 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
30 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_SYNCZOOM 94 Ako je označeno, svi papiri su prikazani sa istim faktorom zumiranja. Ako nije označeno, svaki papir može imati svoje sopstveni faktor zumiranja.
2b sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ALB_DRAW 50 Definiše da li su objekti za crtanje u vašem dokumentu prikazani ili skriveni.
2d sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_VALUE dd Označi Isticanje vrijednosti kutiju da bi označio sve vrijednosti na papiru. Tekst ćelije su označene u crno, ćelije sa brojevima u plavo, i ćelije koje sadrže formule, logičke vrijednosti, datume, itd., u zeleno.
2f sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_VSCROLL 5b Određuje da li će prikazati vertikalnu pomičnu traku na desnoj strani prozora dokumenta.
2e sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ALB_DIAGRAM 47 Definiše da li su dijagrami u vašem dokumentu prikazani ili skriveni.
31 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CONTENT%3ACB_GUIDELINE 49 Određuje da li da se prikažu navodi, okviri, grafički i drugi objekti.
2d sc%3AMetricField%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3AMF_TAB 22 Definiše daljinu tab završetaka.
2e sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ACB_MARKHDR 5a Određuje da li da se označe zaglavlja kolona i redova u odabranim kolonama ili redovima.
2c sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ACB_ALIGN 64 Utvrđuje smjer koji će kursor u tablici za računanje pomjeriti nakon što pritisnite Enter tipku.
2f sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ACB_EDITMODE 53 Omogućava vam da odmah uredite odabranu ćeliju nakon što pritisnete Enter tipku.
2e sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ACB_TEXTFMT 65 Određuje da su metrike printera primijenjene za štampanje i isto za formatiranje prikaza na ekranu.
2f sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ACB_REPLWARN 71 Određuje da, kada lijepite ćelije iz odlagališta na raspon ćelije koja nije prazna, upozorenje se pojavljuje.
13 .uno%3ASetInputMode 53 Omogućava vam da odmah uredite odabranu ćeliju nakon što pritisnete Enter tipku.
2b sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ALB_ALIGN 64 Utvrđuje smjer koji će kursor u tablici za računanje pomjeriti nakon što pritisnite Enter tipku.
2d sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ACB_FORMAT 6c Određuje da li da se automatski primjene atributi formatiranja odabrane ćelije na prazne susjedne ćelije.
2a sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ALB_UNIT 34 Definiše mjernu jedinicu u tablicama za računanje.
2d sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT%3ACB_EXPREF f8 Određuje da li da se prošire reference kada se ubacuju kolone ili redovi u susjedstvu na raspon reference. Ovo je samo moguće ako je raspon reference, gdje je kolona ili red ubačen, izvorno prostran na najmanje dvije ćelije u željenom pravcu.
30 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS%3ABTN_NEW 2d Upisuje sadržaj novog spiska u Unosi kutiju.
36 sc%3AMultiLineEdit%3ARID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS%3AED_ENTRIES 4f Prikazuje sadržaj trenutno odabranog spiska. Ovaj sadržaj može biti uređen.
17 SC_HID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS ca Svi spiskovi koje definirani korisnik su prikazani uPoredaj spiskovekutiji. Možete isto definisati i urediti vaše sopstvene spiskove. Samo tekst može biti korišten kao poredani spiskovi, ne brojevi.
31 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS%3ABTN_COPY 118 Kopira sadržaj ćelija u Kopiraj listu iz kutije. Ako odaberete referencu za vezane redove ili kolone,  Kopiraj listu kutija će se prikazati nakon klika na tipku. Možete koristiti ovu kutiju da definišete ako je referenca konvertovana da poreda spiskove po redu ili po koloni.
2e sc%3AEdit%3ARID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS%3AED_COPYFROM 97 Definiše tablicu za računanje i ćelije za kopiraj, da bi ih uvrstili u Liste kutiju. Trenutno odabrani raspon u tablici za računanje je standardni.
30 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS%3ABTN_ADD 22 Dodaje novi spisak u Liste kutiju.
2e sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS%3ALB_LISTS 50 Prikazuje sve dostupne spiskove. Ovi spiskovi mogu biti odabrani za uređivanje.
25 sc%3AModalDialog%3ARID_SCDLG_COLORROW 3f Omogućava vam da kopirate označene ćelije u poredani spisak.
36 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_COLORROW%3ABTN_GROUP_COLS 49 Odaberi  Kolone  opciju da rezimirate sadržaj odabranih kolona u spisku.
36 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCDLG_COLORROW%3ABTN_GROUP_ROWS 49 Odaberi  Redovi  opciju da rezimirate sadržaj odabranih redova u spisku.
2d sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3ABTN_ITERATE a7 Određuje da li su formule sa iterativnim referencama (formule koje su konstantno ponovljene dok se problem ne riješi) izračunate nakon određenom broja ponavljanja.
2a sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3ABTN_CALC 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
2b sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3ABTN_MATCH 117 Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box is marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as MS Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
2d sc%3ANumericField%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3AED_PREC af Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the Standard number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
2c sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3ABTN_LOOKUP cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
2b sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3ABTN_REGEX 68 Specifies that regular expressions are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
30 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3ABTN_DATESTD 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
2a sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3ABTN_CASE 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
31 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3ABTN_DATESC10 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
12 SC_HID_SCPAGE_CALC 32 Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.
31 sc%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3ABTN_DATE1904 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
32 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3ABTN_GENERAL_PREC dd You can specify the maximum number of decimal places that are shown by default for cells with General number format. If not enabled, cells with General number format show as many decimal places as the column width allows.
2e sc%3ANumericField%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3AED_STEPS 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
24 sc%3AEdit%3ARID_SCPAGE_CALC%3AED_EPS ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
17 SC_HID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
30 sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE%3ACLB_REMOVE 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
2e sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE%3ACLB_MOVE 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
31 sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE%3ACLB_CONTENT 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
30 sc%3AListBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE%3ACLB_INSERT 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
35 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_PRINT%3ABTN_SKIPEMPTYPAGES 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
35 sc%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SCPAGE_PRINT%3ABTN_SELECTEDSHEETS e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
2f sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_CONTENTS%3ACBX_RULER 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
36 sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_CONTENTS%3ACBX_MOVE_OUTLINE 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
16 SD_HID_SD_OPTIONS_VIEW 26 Specifies the available display modes.
38 sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_CONTENTS%3ACBX_HANDLES_BEZIER ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
14 .uno%3AHelplinesMove 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
33 sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_CONTENTS%3ACBX_HELPLINES 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
1a SD_HID_SD_OPTIONS_CONTENTS 26 Specifies the available display modes.
33 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ACBX_SNAP_BORDER 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
30 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ACBX_BIGORTHO 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
34 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3AMTR_FLD_ANGLE 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
11 .uno%3ASnapBorder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
38 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3AMTR_FLD_SNAP_AREA cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
2e svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ACBX_ROTATE 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
33 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ACBX_SNAP_POINTS 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
38 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3AMTR_FLD_BEZ_ANGLE 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
32 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ACBX_SNAP_FRAME 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ACBX_SNAP_HELPLINES 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
10 .uno%3ASnapFrame 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
11 .uno%3ASnapPoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
2d svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_GRID%3ACBX_ORTHO 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
16 SD_HID_SD_OPTIONS_SNAP 3a Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
2f sd%3ARadioButton%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ARBT_COLOR 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
2c sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ACBX_FRONT 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
33 sd%3ARadioButton%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ARBT_GRAYSCALE 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
33 SD%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ACBX_HIDDEN_PAGES 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
2f SD%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ACBX_PAGENAME 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
17 SD_HID_SD_PRINT_OPTIONS 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
32 sd%3ARadioButton%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ARBT_PAGETILE a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
31 sd%3ARadioButton%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ARBT_DEFAULT 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
31 sd%3ARadioButton%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ARBT_BOOKLET 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
2b SD%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ACBX_DATE 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
32 sd%3ARadioButton%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ARBT_PAGESIZE 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
2b SD%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ACBX_TIME 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
2f sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ACBX_PAPERBIN 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
34 sd%3ARadioButton%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ARBT_BLACKWHITE 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
2b sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_PRINT_OPTIONS%3ACBX_BACK 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
34 sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
2f sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACBX_QUICKEDIT 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
39 sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACBX_CROOK_NO_CONTORTION 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
36 sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACBX_MASTERPAGE_CACHE 4d Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master page.
34 sd%3AMetricField%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3AMTR_FLD_TABSTOP 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
39 sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACBX_START_WITH_TEMPLATE 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
31 sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACBX_PICKTHROUGH 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
3c sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACBX_START_WITH_ACTUAL_PAGE 4e Specifies that you always want a presentation to start with the current slide.
3d sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACBX_MARKED_HIT_MOVES_ALWAYS a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
2a sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACBX_COPY 69 If enabled, a copy is created when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key (Mac: Command key).
2a sd%3AComboBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACB_SCALE 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
2a sd%3AListBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ALB_METRIC 35 Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.
16 SD_HID_SD_OPTIONS_MISC 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
3d starmath%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE%3ACB_IGNORE_SPACING 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
16 SFX2_HID_PRINT_OPTIONS 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
36 starmath%3AMetricField%3ARID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE%3AMF_ZOOM 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
31 STARMATH_CHECKBOX_RID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE_CB_TITLEROW 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
28 starmath%3ATabPage%3ARID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
d tobeannounced 49 Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
36 starmath%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE%3ARB_ZOOM 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
3f starmath%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE%3ARB_ORIGINAL_SIZE 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
3c starmath%3ACheckBox%3ARID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE%3ACB_EQUATION_TEXT 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
2e STARMATH_CHECKBOX_RID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE_CB_FRAME 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
3d starmath%3ARadioButton%3ARID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE%3ARB_FIT_TO_PAGE 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
41 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_OPTPAGE_CHART_DEFCOLORS%3ALB_CHART_COLOR_LIST 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
44 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OPTPAGE_CHART_DEFCOLORS%3APB_RESET_TO_DEFAULT 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_PBAS_STG 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_WBAS_CODE d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_WBAS_STG 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_PBAS_CODE d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
3a svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_EBAS_EXECTBL bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_EBAS_STG 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_EBAS_CODE d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
1b CUI_HID_OFAPAGE_MSFLTR2_CLB ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
2f cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_LANGUAGES%3ALB_WEST_LANG 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
37 cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_LANGUAGES%3ACB_DECIMALSEPARATOR 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
30 cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_LANGUAGES%3ALB_ASIAN_LANG 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
33 cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_LANGUAGES%3ALB_LOCALESETTING 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
33 cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_LANGUAGES%3ACB_ASIANSUPPORT 74 Aktivira podršku za Azijske jezike. Sada možete mijenjati odgovarajuće postavke za Azijske jezike u %PRODUCTNAME.
32 cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_LANGUAGES%3ALB_COMPLEX_LANG 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
33 cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_LANGUAGES%3ALB_USERINTERFACE c3 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
32 cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_LANGUAGES%3ACB_CURRENT_DOC 4e Određuje da postavke za dodijeljene jezike vrijede samo za aktuelni dokument.
31 cui%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_LANGUAGES%3ACB_CTLSUPPORT 89 Aktivira podršku složenog tekstualnog dizajna. Sada možete mijenjati postavke koje odgovaraju dizajnu složenog teksta u %PRODUCTNAME.
2e cui%3AListBox%3AOFA_TP_LANGUAGES%3ALB_CURRENCY 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
36 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT%3ALB_LANGUAGE 45 Specificira jezik za koji želite definisati prve i zadnje karaktere.
39 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT%3ARB_NO_COMP 35 Precizira da se neće primijeniti nikakva kompresija.
3c cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT%3ARB_CHAR_PUNCT 62 Precizira da je smanjivanje prostora primijenjeno na oboje, zapadni tekst i Azijsku interpunkciju.
37 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT%3ACB_STANDARD 77 Kada označite  Uobičajeno, naredna dva tekstualna prozora su ispunjena sa dodijeljenim karakterima za izabrani jezik:
41 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT%3ARB_PUNCT_KANA_COMP 3b Određuje da je interpunkcija i Japanska Kana kompresovana.
30 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT%3AED_START 4f Specificira karaktere koji se ne bi trebali pojavljivati sami na početku reda.
3c cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT%3ARB_PUNCT_COMP 30 Određuje da je samo interpunkcija kompresovana.
3e cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT%3ARB_CHAR_KERNING 48 Precizira da je smanjivanje prostora primijenjeno samo na zapadni tekst.
2e cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT%3AED_END 42 Određuje karaktere koji ne bi trebali stajati sami na kraju reda.
44 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_IGNORE_WHITESPACES 2b Precizira karaktere koji će se ignorisati.
43 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_IGNORE_MIDDLE_DOT 2b Precizira karaktere koji će se ignorisati.
3d cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_IAIYA 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
47 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_FULL_HALF_WIDTH 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
47 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_TSITHICHI_DHIZI 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
41 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_DIZI_DUZU 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
45 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_HYUFYU_BYUVYU 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
4a cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_VARIANT_FORM_KANJI 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
44 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_IGNORE_PUNCTUATION 2b Precizira karaktere koji će se ignorisati.
4b cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_PROLONGED_SOUNDMARK 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
46 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_OLD_KANA_FORMS 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
49 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_HIRAGANA_KATAKANA 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
3c cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_KIKU 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
41 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_BAVA_HAFA 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
44 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_CONTRACTIONS 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
42 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_SESHE_ZEJE 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
49 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_REPEAT_CHAR_MARKS 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
48 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_MINUS_DASH_CHOON 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
3c cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS%3ACB_MATCH_CASE 3a Precizira opcije da budu tretirane kao jednake u pretrazi.
3e cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_OPTIONS_CTL%3ACB_SEQUENCECHECKING 3e Omogućava provjeru redoslijeda unosa za jezike poput Thai-ja.
40 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_OPTIONS_CTL%3ARB_MOVEMENT_VISUAL 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
41 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_OPTIONS_CTL%3ARB_MOVEMENT_LOGICAL b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
35 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_OPTIONS_CTL%3ALB_NUMERALS b5 Bira vrstu brojeva koji se koriste unutar teksta, teksta u objektima, poljima i kontrolama, u svim %PRODUCTNAME modulima. Samo sadržaji ćelija u %PRODUCTNAME Calc se ne mijenjaju.
3f cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS%3ACB_DRIVERPOOLING 86 Izaberite pokretač (pogonski program) iz liste i označite Omogući ujedinjenje za ovaj pokretač okvir da bi ujedinili njegovu vezu.
3c cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS%3ACB_POOL_CONNS 31 Određuje hoće li odabrane veze biti ujedinjene.
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSBROWSER_DISCONNECTING 31 Određuje hoće li odabrane veze biti ujedinjene.
3d cui%3ANumericField%3ARID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS%3ANF_TIMEOUT 48 Definira vrijeme u sekundama nakon kojeg je ujedinjena veza oslobođena.
34 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXPAGE_DBREGISTER%3ABTN_EDIT 4b Otvara Link Baze Podataka dijaloški prozor za uređivanje odabranih ulaza.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXPAGE_DBREGISTER%3ABTN_DELETE 1f Briše izabrane ulaze iz liste.
33 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SFXPAGE_DBREGISTER%3ABTN_NEW 40 Otvara Link Baze Podataka dijaloški prozor da kreira novi ulaz.
17 CUI_HID_DBPATH_CTL_PATH 77 Izlistava registrovano ime i datoteku baze podataka svih registrovanih baza podataka. Duplo kliknite ulaz da editujete.
33 cui%3APushButton%3ADLG_DOCUMENTLINK%3APB_BROWSEFILE 57 Otvara dijaloški prozor sa datotekama u kojem možete izabrati datoteku baze podataka.
27 cui%3AEdit%3ADLG_DOCUMENTLINK%3AET_NAME 54 Unesite ime za bazu podataka. %PRODUCTNAME koristi ovo ime za pristup bazi podataka.
3a cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_OPTIONS_JAVA%3APB_PARAMETER 2e Otvara Java Start Parametri dijaloški prozor.
34 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_OPTIONS_JAVA%3APB_ADD 38 Dodajte stazu do izvorne mape JRE-a na vašem računaru.
3a cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_OPTIONS_JAVA%3APB_CLASSPATH 25 Otvara Stazu Klase dijaloški prozor.
19 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_JAVA_LIST c4 Bira JRE koji želite koristiti. Na nekim sistemima, morate sačekati minutu dok se lista ne popuni. Na nekim sistemima, morate ponovo pokrenuti %PRODUCTNAME da bi koristili promijenjene postavke.
3a cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_OPTIONS_JAVA%3ACB_JAVA_ENABLE 43 Omogućava vam pokretanje Java aplikacija i appleta u %PRODUCTNAME.
39 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_JAVA_CLASSPATH%3APB_ADDPATH 2c Izaberite mapu i dodajte mapu u stazu klase.
33 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_JAVA_CLASSPATH%3ALB_PATH 36 Određuje lokaciju klasa Jave i biblioteka klasa Jave.
3d cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_JAVA_CLASSPATH%3APB_REMOVE_PATH 5b Izaberite arhivu ili mapu na listi i kliknite Ukloni da bi uklonili objekat iz staze klase.
3c cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_JAVA_CLASSPATH%3APB_ADDARCHIVE 54 Izaberite datoteku iz arhive u rar ili zip formatu i dodajte datoteku u stazu klase.
38 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_JAVA_PARAMETER%3APB_REMOVE 27 Briše izabrani JRE početni parametar.
38 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_JAVA_PARAMETER%3APB_ASSIGN 31 Dodajte aktualni JRE početni parametar na listu.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_JAVA_PARAMETER%3AED_PARAMETER a2 Unesite početni parametar za JRE kao što bi to uradili na komandnoj liniji. Kliknite Doznaci da bi dodali parametar na listu raspoloživih početnih parametara.
37 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_JAVA_PARAMETER%3ALB_ASSIGNED 7c Izlistava pridružene JRE početne parametre. Da bi uklonili početni parametar, izaberite parametar i onda kliknite Ukloni.
3a xmlsecurity%3ARadioButton%3ARID_XMLSECTP_SECLEVEL%3ARB_LOW dd Makro može biti postavljen da bude auto-start, i može izvršiti potencijalno štetne akcije, kao na primjer izbrisati ili preimenovati datoteke. Ova postavka nije preporučljiva kada otvarate dokumente od drugih autora.
3d xmlsecurity%3ARadioButton%3ARID_XMLSECTP_SECLEVEL%3ARB_MEDIUM fc Povjerljivi izvori mogu biti postavljeni na kartici Povjerljivi Izvori. Potpisani makro iz povjerljivog izvora su dozvoljeni. Također, bilo koji makro iz povjerljive lokacije datoteka je dozvoljen da se pokrene. Svi drugi makroi moraju dobiti potvrdu.
3f xmlsecurity%3ARadioButton%3ARID_XMLSECTP_SECLEVEL%3ARB_VERYHIGH 8f Povjerljive lokacije datoteka se mogu postaviti na Povjerljivi Izvori stranicu. Bilo koji makro iz povjerljive lokacije datoteka su dozvoljeni.
3b xmlsecurity%3ARadioButton%3ARID_XMLSECTP_SECLEVEL%3ARB_HIGH de Povjerljivi izvori mogu biti postavljeni na Povjerljivi Izvori tab stranici. Samo potpisani makroi iz povjerljivih izvora su dozvoljeni. Također, svakom makrou iz povjerljive lokacije datoteka je dozvoljeno da se pokrene.
4a xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECTP_TRUSTSOURCES%3APB_REMOVE_TRUSTCERT 3f Uklanja izabrane certifikate iz liste povjerljivih certifikata.
48 xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECTP_TRUSTSOURCES%3APB_VIEW_TRUSTCERT 43 Otvara Pogled Certifikati dijaloški prozor za izabrani certifikat.
4d xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECTP_TRUSTSOURCES%3AFL_REMOVE_TRUSTFILELOC 35 Uklanja izabrane mape iz liste povjerljivih lokacija.
43 xmlsecurity%3AListBox%3ARID_XMLSECTP_TRUSTSOURCES%3ALB_TRUSTFILELOC ca Povjerljive lokacije datoteka se koriste samo ako je sigurnosni nivo postavljen na "jako visoko". Sa ovom postavkom, makroi dokumenata su izvršeni samo ako su otvoreni iz jedne od slijedećih lokacija.
4a xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECTP_TRUSTSOURCES%3AFL_ADD_TRUSTFILELOC 6e Otvara selekciju mapa dijaloški prozor. Izaberite mapu iz koje je svim makroima dozvoljeno da budu izvršeni.
28 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_TRUSTSOURCES 22 Izlistava povjerljive certifikate.
2b sw%3ANumericField%3ATP_MAILCONFIG%3ANF_PORT 12 Unesite SMTP port.
33 sw%3APushButton%3ATP_MAILCONFIG%3APB_AUTHENTICATION 94 Otvara dijaloški prozor Provjera vjerodostojnosti servera u kojem možete odrediti postavke za provjeru vjerodostojnosti servera za siguran e-mail.
2a sw%3ACheckBox%3ATP_MAILCONFIG%3ACB_REPLYTO 84 Koristi e-mail adresu koju unesete u polje Adresa za odgovor kao e-mail adresu na koju će biti poslan eventualni odgovor na poruku.
23 SW_CHECKBOX_TP_MAILCONFIG_CB_SECURE 39 Kada je dostupno, koristi sigurnu vezu za slanje e-maila.
29 sw%3APushButton%3ATP_MAILCONFIG%3APB_TEST 66 Otvara Postavke za Testiranje Korisničkog Računa dijaloški prozor za testiranje aktualnih postavki.
26 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_MAILCONFIG%3AED_ADDRESS 28 Unesite vašu e-mail adresu za odgovore.
2a sw%3AEdit%3ATP_MAILCONFIG%3AED_DISPLAYNAME 12 Unesite vaše ime.
25 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_MAILCONFIG%3AED_SERVER 19 Unesite SMTP ime servera.
26 sw%3AEdit%3ATP_MAILCONFIG%3AED_REPLYTO 21 Unesite e-mail adresu za odgovor.
3c cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ONLINEUPDATE%3ARB_EVERYMONTH 2d Provjera će biti izvršena jednom mjesečno.
38 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ONLINEUPDATE%3ACB_AUTOCHECK 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
39 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ONLINEUPDATE%3APB_CHECKNOW 21 Provjera će biti izvršena sada.
3a cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ONLINEUPDATE%3ARB_EVERYDAY 2a Provjera će biti izvršena jednom dnevno.
3b cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_ONLINEUPDATE%3ARB_EVERYWEEK 4a Provjera će biti izvršena jednom sedmično. Ovo je dodijeljena postavka.
33 sw%3AEdit%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3AED_SERVER 36 Unesite naziv vašeg POP 3 ili IMAP servera za e-mail.
46 sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3ARB_SEP_AUTHENTICATION 44 Izaberite ako vaš SMTP server zahtijeva korisničko ime  i lozinku.
38 sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3ARB_IMAP 33 Određuje da server za prijem e-maila koristi IMAP.
39 sw%3ANumericField%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3ANF_PORT 26 Unesite port na POP3 ili IMAP serveru.
3f sw%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3ACB_AUTHENTICATION 53 Omogućava provjeru autentičnosti koja je potrebna za slanje e-maila preko SMTP-a.
35 sw%3AEdit%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3AED_USERNAME 27 Unesite korisničko ime za SMTP server.
38 sw%3AEdit%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3AED_OUTPASSWORD 23 Unesite lozinku za korisničko ime.
38 sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3ARB_POP3 34 Određuje da server za prijem e-maila koristi POP 3.
37 sw%3AEdit%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3AED_INUSERNAME 27 Unesite korisničko ime za IMAP server.
37 sw%3AEdit%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3AED_INPASSWORD 10 Unesite lozinku.
40 sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_MM_SERVERAUTHENTICATION%3ARB_SMPTAFTERPOP 56 Izaberite ako je potrebno da prvo pročitate e-mail prije nego možete poslati e-mail.
3a sw%3AMultiLineEdit%3ADLG_MM_TESTACCOUNTSETTINGS%3AED_ERROR 73 U prozoru sa listom Greške možete pročitati objašnjenje bilo koje greške pronađene tokom testiranja postavki.
21 SW_HID_MM_TESTACCOUNTSETTINGS_TLB 3f Na gornjem prozoru sa listom vidjet ćete rezultate testiranja.
36 sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_MM_TESTACCOUNTSETTINGS%3APB_STOP 3d Kliknite Zaustavi tipku da zaustavite testiranje svojeručno.
2a XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_VIEWSIGNATURES 6d Staza Certifikata stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje lokaciju i status certifikata.
22 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_TP_CERTPATH 6d Staza Certifikata stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje lokaciju i status certifikata.
43 xmlsecurity%3AMultiLineEdit%3ARID_XMLSECTP_CERTPATH%3AML_CERTSTATUS 6d Staza Certifikata stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje lokaciju i status certifikata.
3f xmlsecurity%3AMultiLineEdit%3ARID_XMLSECTP_DETAILS%3AML_ELEMENT 6b Koristite prozor sa listom vrijednosti da bi vidjeli vrijednosti i kopirali ih u međuspremnik (clipboard).
21 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_TP_DETAILS 68 Detalji stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje detaljne informacije o certifikatu.
24 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_ELEMENTS 68 Detalji stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje detaljne informacije o certifikatu.
21 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_TP_GENERAL 61 The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.
22 CHART2_HID_SCH_TBI_DATA_INSERT_ROW 25 Unos u novi red ispod trenutnog reda.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_TBI_DATA_SWAP_COL 32 Mijenja trenutnu kolonu sa prvom sljedećom desno.
27 CHART2_HID_SCH_TBI_DATA_INSERT_TEXT_COL 56 Inserts a new text column after the current column for hierarchical axes descriptions.
22 CHART2_HID_SCH_TBI_DATA_DELETE_COL 3d Briše trenutnu kolonu. Nije moguće brisati naslovnu kolonu.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATA_SERIES_LABEL 1a Unosi ime serije podataka.
12 .uno%3ADiagramData 3e Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_TBI_DATA_SWAP_ROW 2f Mijenja trenutni red sa prvim sljedećim ispod.
22 CHART2_HID_SCH_TBI_DATA_DELETE_ROW 37 Briše trenutni red. Nije moguće brisati naslovni red.
22 CHART2_HID_SCH_TBI_DATA_INSERT_COL 28 Unosi novu kolonu pored trenutne kolone.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisTitle 4e Click Axes Title On/Off on the Formatting bar to show or hide the axis labels.
12 .uno%3AToggleTitle 50 Click Title On/Off on the Formatting bar to show or hide the title and subtitle.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuTitles 38 Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
1e CHART2_HID_SCH_LEGEND_POS_LEFT 30 Pozicija legende je na lijevoj strani grafikona.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuLegend 89 Opens the Legend dialog, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.
1d CHART2_HID_SCH_LEGEND_POS_TOP 26 Pozicija legende je na vrhu grafikona.
34 chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_LEGEND_POS%3ALB_LEGEND_TEXTDIR a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
13 .uno%3AToggleLegend 55 Za pokazivanje ili sakrivanje legende, kliknite Legend On/Off on the Oblikovanje bar.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_LEGEND_POS_BOTTOM 25 Pozicija legende je na dnu grafikona.
1f CHART2_HID_SCH_LEGEND_POS_RIGHT 2f Pozicija legende je na desnoj strani grafikona.
22 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATALABEL_PLACEMENT 36 Označava zamjenu oznaka podataka u odnosu na objekte.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATALABEL_PERCENT 2e Izbacuje procenat vrijednosti u svakoj koloni.
26 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATALABEL_ROTATION_KNOB 42 Click in the dial to set the text orientation for the data labels.
1f CHART2_HID_SCH_DATALABEL_NUMBER 2d Pokazuje apsolutnu vrijednost tačke podatka.
1e CHART2_HID_SCH_DATALABEL_VALUE 2d Pokazuje apsolutnu vrijednost tačke podatka.
26 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATALABEL_ROTATION_EDIT 3e Enter the counterclockwise rotation angle for the data labels.
1f CHART2_HID_SCH_DATALABEL_SYMBOL 3b Označava ikonu legende pored svake oznake tačke podataka.
1e CHART2_HID_SCH_PB_NUMBERFORMAT 2d Otvara dijalog prozor za izbor formata broja.
1c CHART2_HID_SCH_TEXTDIRECTION a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
26 CHART2_HID_SCH_PB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 30 Otvara dijalog prozor za izbor formata procenta.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuDataLabels 47 Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
1d CHART2_HID_SCH_DATALABEL_TEXT 23 Pokazuje tačku podatka kao oznaku.
22 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATALABEL_SEPARATOR 4a Označava razdvojiteljom između vise tekstualnih znakova za isti objekat.
17 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_XAXIS 30 Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.
17 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_YAXIS 28 Prikazuje y-osu kao liniju sa podjelama.
17 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_ZAXIS 28 Prikazuje z-osu kao liniju sa podjelama.
21 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_SECONDARY_XAXIS 25 Prikazuje dodatnu x-osu na grafikonu.
21 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_SECONDARY_YAXIS 25 Prikazuje dodatnu y-osu na grafikonu.
15 .uno%3AInsertMenuAxes 30 Specifies the axes to be displayed in the chart.
21 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_FUNCTION 34 Izaberite funkciju za izračunavanje dijela greške.
1e CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_SIGMA 56 Standardna devijacija: Prikazuje standardnu devijaciju (kvadratni korijen varijacije).
1a CHART2_HID_SCH_CT_INDICATE 1f Određuje pokazatelje grešaka.
27 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_NEGATIVE_VALUE 61 Unesite vrijednost za oduzimanje vrijednosti negativnog dijela greške od prikazanih vrijednosti.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_VARIANT 67 Variranje: Prikazuje variranje izračunato preko brojeva tačaka podataka i odgovarajućih vrijednosti.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_PERCENT 45 Prikazuje procenat. Prikaz se odnosi na odgovarajuće tačke podataka
26 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_SHOW_NEGATIVE 2a Pokazuje samo negativne dijelove grešaka.
23 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_CONSTERROR 29 Prikazuje konstantnu vrijednost procenta.
22 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_SHOW_BOTH 30 Pokazuje pozitivne i negativne dijelove greške.
23 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_PLUS_VALUE 29 Prikazuje konstantnu vrijednost procenta.
26 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_SHOW_POSITIVE 29 Pokazuje samo pozitivne dijelove greški.
27 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_NEGATIVE_RANGE 75 Unesite adresu posmatranje negativnih vrijednost greške. Koristite dugme za sužavanje za izbor područja iz tabele.
1e CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_RANGE 7a Kliknite ćelijski rang i zatim odredite ćelijski rang iz kojeg uzimate pozitivne i negativne vrijednosti dijela greške.
2f CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_POSITIVE_RANGE_CHOOSER bd Kliknite dugme za sužavanje dijalog prozora, zatim koristite miš za označavanje ćelijskog ranga u tabeli. Kliknite dugme ponovo za vraćanje postavki veličine prozora na punu veličinu
27 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_POSITIVE_RANGE 85 Unesite adresu područja odakle posmatrate pozitivne vrijednosti greške. Koristite dugme za sužavanje za izbor područja iz tabele.
27 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_POSITIVE_VALUE 5f Unesite vrijednost za dodavanje vrijednosti pozitivnog dijela greške prikazanim vrijednostima.
27 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_BIGERROR_VALUE 99 Rubovi greške: Prikazuje najveće rubove greške u procentima prema najvećoj vrijednosti  grupe podataka. Procenat se postavlja u područje parametara.
21 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_NO_ERROR 23 Ne pokazuje niti jedan dio greške.
26 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_PERCENT_VALUE 45 Prikazuje procenat. Prikaz se odnosi na odgovarajuće tačke podataka
26 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_SAME_FOR_BOTH be Enable to use the positive error values also as negative error values. You can only change the value of the "Positve (+)" box. That value gets copied to the "Negative (-)" box automatically.
24 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_FUNCTION_LB 34 Izaberite funkciju za izračunavanje dijela greške.
2f CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_NEGATIVE_RANGE_CHOOSER bd Kliknite dugme za sužavanje dijalog prozora, zatim koristite miš za označavanje ćelijskog ranga u tabeli. Kliknite dugme ponovo za vraćanje postavki veličine prozora na punu veličinu
21 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_BIGERROR 99 Rubovi greške: Prikazuje najveće rubove greške u procentima prema najvećoj vrijednosti  grupe podataka. Procenat se postavlja u područje parametara.
24 CHART2_HID_SCH_STATISTIK_MINUS_VALUE 29 Prikazuje konstantnu vrijednost procenta.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuYErrorBars 40 Use the Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
1e .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquation a2 Za pokazivanje jednačine linije kretanja, izaberite liniju kretanja u grafikonu, desni klik za otvaranje menija sadržaja i izaberite Insert Trend Line Equation.
27 CHART2_HID_SCH_TRENDLINE_RB_LOGARITHMIC 26 Logaritamsko kretanje linija pokazano.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_TRENDLINE_RB_NONE 22 Nema pokazanih pokazatelje linija.
22 CHART2_HID_SCH_TRENDLINE_RB_LINEAR 22 Linearno kretanje linija pokazano.
26 CHART2_HID_SCH_TRENDLINE_SHOW_EQUATION 3b Pokazuje jednačinu kretanja linije pored linije kretanja..
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuTrendlines 4f Trend lines can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.
27 CHART2_HID_SCH_TRENDLINE_SHOW_R_SQUARED 32 Pokazuje međuodnos koeficijenata linije kretanja.
21 CHART2_HID_SCH_TRENDLINE_RB_POWER 25 Stepenovano kretanje linija pokazano.
27 CHART2_HID_SCH_TRENDLINE_RB_EXPONENTIAL 29 Eksponencijalno kretanje linija pokazano.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuMeanValues 111 Linije srednjih vrijednosti pokazuju srednju vrijednost. Koristite Insert - Mean Value Lines za umetanje linije srednje vrijednosti za sve serije podataka. Jedna linija srednje vrijednosti može biti umetnuta Insert Mean Value Line komanda sadržaja menija serije podataka.
31 chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ARB_DONT_PAINT 67 For a missing value, no data will be shown. This is the default for chart types Column, Bar, Line, Net.
32 chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ARBT_OPT_AXIS_2 8a Mijenja podjelu y-ose. Ova osa je vidljiva jedino kada joj je najmanje jedna serija podataka pridružena i kada je vidljivost ose aktivna.
2a chart2%3AMetricField%3ATP_OPTIONS%3AMT_GAP 33 Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.
2e chart2%3AMetricField%3ATP_OPTIONS%3AMT_OVERLAP 3b Defines the necessary settings for overlapping data series.
22 CHART2_HID_SCH_STARTING_ANGLE_DIAL 151 Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.
35 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ACB_BARS_SIDE_BY_SIDE 58 The bars from different data series are shown as if they were attached only to one axis.
34 chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ARB_CONTINUE_LINE 75 For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.
32 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_POLAROPTIONS%3ACB_CLOCKWISE ab The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the Clockwise direction checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.
2d chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ACB_CONNECTOR 8b For "stacked" and "percent" column (vertical bar) charts, mark this check box to connect the column layers that belong together with lines.
32 chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ARB_ASSUME_ZERO 60 For a missing value, the y-value will be shown as zero. This is the default for chart type Area.
32 chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ARBT_OPT_AXIS_1 56 Ova opcija je aktivna po defaultu. Sve serije podataka su poravnane do primarne y-ose.
38 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS%3ACB_INCLUDE_HIDDEN_CELLS 51 Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.
3b chart2%3ANumericField%3ATP_POLAROPTIONS%3ANF_STARTING_ANGLE 70 Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.
21 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_SECONDARY_ZGRID 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.
1b .uno%3AToggleGridHorizontal c3 The Horizontal Grid On/Off icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the X axis. Note: This only works if the Minor grid check boxes in Insert - Grids are cleared.
19 .uno%3AToggleGridVertical c0 The Vertical Grid On/Off icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis. Note: This only works if the X-axis Minor grid is not selected in Insert - Grids.
21 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_SECONDARY_YGRID 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.
16 .uno%3AInsertMenuGrids ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
21 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_SECONDARY_XGRID 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.
16 .uno%3AFormatSelection 1c Formats the selected object.
16 .uno%3ASecondaryYTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
d .uno%3AZTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
d .uno%3AXTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
16 .uno%3ASecondaryXTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
f .uno%3ASubTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
10 .uno%3AMainTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
d .uno%3AYTitle 43 Mijenja osobine izabranog naslova ili osobine svih naslova zajedno.
10 .uno%3AAllTitles 43 Mijenja osobine izabranog naslova ili osobine svih naslova zajedno.
25 CHART2_HID_SCH_TEXTDIRECTION_EQUATION a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
22 CHART2_HID_SCH_TEXTDIRECTION_TITLE a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
3d chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ACB_AXIS_LABEL_TEXTOVERLAP 4a Određuje ukoliko tekst u ćeliji se može preklapati sa drugim ćelijama.
3b chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ACB_AXIS_LABEL_TEXTBREAK 1f Dozvoljava da se tekst prelama.
3b chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ARB_AXIS_LABEL_DOWNUP 3a Potiskuje brojeve na osi, neparne brojeve manje od parnih.
3e chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ARB_AXIS_LABEL_AUTOORDER 23 Automatski uređuje brojeve na osi.
32 chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ALB_AXIS_TEXTDIR a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_ALIGNMENT_STACKED 3f Dodjeljuje vertikalnom tekstu orijentaciju za sadržaj ćelije.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisDescr 5c The AxesTitle On/Off icon on the Formatting bar switches the labeling of all axes on or off.
3b chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ARB_AXIS_LABEL_UPDOWN 41 Potiskuje brojeve na osi, čak brojeve manje od neparnih brojeva.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_ALIGNMENT_DEGREES 35 Omogućava vam da ručno unesete orijentacijski ugao.
2c CHART2_LISTBOX_TP_AXIS_LABEL_LB_AXIS_TEXTDIR a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
3d chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ACB_AXIS_LABEL_SCHOW_DESCR 38 Određuje ukoliko se prikazuju ili sakrivaju oznake osa.
21 CHART2_HID_SCH_ALIGNMENT_CTR_DIAL 48 Pritiskom bilo gdje na tačku definiše varijabilnu orijentaciju teksta.
3f chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_AXIS_LABEL%3ARB_AXIS_LABEL_SIDEBYSIDE 2f Uređuje brojevima na osi jedni naspram drugih.
d .uno%3ALegend 3a Definiše ivicu, područje i karakter atributa za legendu.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisB 87 Otvara dijalog gdje možete izmijeniti osobine sekundarne y-ose. Da ubacite sekundarnu y-osu, izaberite Ubaci - Axes i izaberite Y-osa.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisA 87 Otvara dijalog gdje možete izmijeniti osobine sekundarne x-ose. Da ubacite sekundarnu x-osu, izaberite Ubaci - Axes i izaberite X-osa.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisZ 3e Otvara dijalog u kojem možete mijenjati osobine izabrane ose.
15 .uno%3ADiagramAxisAll 3e Otvara dijalog u kojem možete mijenjati osobine izabrane ose.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisX 3e Otvara dijalog u kojem možete mijenjati osobine izabrane ose.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisY 30 Otvara Y-osa dijalog da izmjenite osobine Y ose.
38 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_REVERSE_MayBeDateAxis 44 Definiše gdje niže i više vrijednosti mogu biti prikazane na osi.
36 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_REVERSE%3AValueAxis 44 Definiše gdje niže i više vrijednosti mogu biti prikazane na osi.
24 CHART2_SPINFIELD_TP_SCALE_EDT_ORIGIN 3a Određuje u kojoj poziciji prikazati vrijednosti duž ose.
2d chart2%3ASpinField%3ATP_SCALE%3AEDT_STEP_MAIN 29 Definiše interval za glavnu podjelu osa.
35 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_REVERSE%3ACategory 44 Definiše gdje niže i više vrijednosti mogu biti prikazane na osi.
37 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_TIME_RESOLUTION 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
2d chart2%3AMetricField%3ATP_SCALE%3AMT_STEPHELP 22 Definiše interval za podjelu osa.
2f chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ALB_HELP_TIME_UNIT 4d Minor interval can be set to show a certain number of days, months, or years.
27 chart2%3ASpinField%3ATP_SCALE%3AEDT_MIN 22 Definiše minimum za početak ose.
31 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_STEP_HELP 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
2a chart2%3ASpinField%3ATP_SCALE%3AEDT_ORIGIN 3a Određuje u kojoj poziciji prikazati vrijednosti duž ose.
27 chart2%3ASpinField%3ATP_SCALE%3AEDT_MAX 2a Definiše maksimalnu vrijednost kraja ose.
2f chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ALB_MAIN_TIME_UNIT 4d Major interval can be set to show a certain number of days, months, or years.
31 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_STEP_MAIN 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
2b chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_MIN 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
30 chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ALB_TIME_RESOLUTION 47 Resolution can be set to show days, months, or years as interval steps.
2b chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_MAX 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
2c chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_LOGARITHM 3f Izaberite ukoliko želite da osa bude logaritamski podijeljena.
28 CHART2_CHECKBOX_TP_SCALE_CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
2e chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ACBX_AUTO_ORIGIN 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
33 chart2%3AMetricField%3ATP_SCALE%3AMT_MAIN_DATE_STEP 4d Major interval can be set to show a certain number of days, months, or years.
2a chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_SCALE%3ALB_AXIS_TYPE 6e For some types of axes, you can select to format an axis as text or date, or to detect the type automatically.
30 CHART2_CHECKBOX_TP_AXIS_POSITIONS_CB_TICKS_INNER 3e Određuje da su oznake postavljene na unutrašnjoj strani ose.
36 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_AXIS_POSITIONS%3ACB_TICKS_INNER 3e Određuje da su oznake postavljene na unutrašnjoj strani ose.
36 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_AXIS_POSITIONS%3ACB_MINOR_INNER 4e Specificira da mali interval oznake su postavljane na unutrašnjoj strani ose.
35 chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_AXIS_POSITIONS%3ALB_PLACE_TICKS 49 Izaberite gdje da postavite oznake: kod oznake, ose ili kod ose i oznake.
36 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_AXIS_POSITIONS%3ACB_TICKS_OUTER 3a Određuje da su oznake postavljene na vanjskoj strani ose.
39 CHART2_LISTBOX_TP_AXIS_POSITIONS_LB_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 61 Izaberite gdje presjeći drugu osu: na početku, kraju, određenoj vrijednosti ili na kategoriji.
30 CHART2_CHECKBOX_TP_AXIS_POSITIONS_CB_TICKS_OUTER 3a Određuje da su oznake postavljene na vanjskoj strani ose.
42 chart2%3ASpinField%3ATP_AXIS_POSITIONS%3AEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 3e Unesite vrijednost gdje linija ose treba da prelazi drugu osu.
36 chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_AXIS_POSITIONS%3ALB_PLACE_LABELS 68 Izaberite gdje da postavite oznake: blizu ose, blizu ose (sa druge strane), izvan početka, izvan kraja.
2f CHART2_LISTBOX_TP_AXIS_POSITIONS_LB_PLACE_TICKS 49 Izaberite gdje da postavite oznake: kod oznake, ose ili kod ose i oznake.
30 CHART2_LISTBOX_TP_AXIS_POSITIONS_LB_PLACE_LABELS 68 Izaberite gdje da postavite oznake: blizu ose, blizu ose (sa druge strane), izvan početka, izvan kraja.
3c CHART2_SPINFIELD_TP_AXIS_POSITIONS_EDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 3e Unesite vrijednost gdje linija ose treba da prelazi drugu osu.
44 CHART2_COMBOBOX_TP_AXIS_POSITIONS_EDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT_CATEGORY 39 Izaberite kategoriju gdje osa treba da prelazi drugu osu.
4a chart2%3AComboBox%3ATP_AXIS_POSITIONS%3AEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT_CATEGORY 39 Izaberite kategoriju gdje osa treba da prelazi drugu osu.
30 CHART2_CHECKBOX_TP_AXIS_POSITIONS_CB_MINOR_INNER 4e Specificira da mali interval oznake su postavljane na unutrašnjoj strani ose.
36 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_AXIS_POSITIONS%3ACB_MINOR_OUTER 4c Specificira da mali intervalne oznake su postavljene na vanjskoj strani ose.
30 CHART2_CHECKBOX_TP_AXIS_POSITIONS_CB_MINOR_OUTER 4c Specificira da mali intervalne oznake su postavljene na vanjskoj strani ose.
3f chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_AXIS_POSITIONS%3ALB_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 61 Izaberite gdje presjeći drugu osu: na početku, kraju, određenoj vrijednosti ili na kategoriji.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridYHelp 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
15 .uno%3ADiagramGridAll 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridZHelp 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridYMain 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridXHelp 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridXMain 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridZMain 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
12 .uno%3ADiagramWall 47 Otvara Zid grafa dijalog, u kojem možete izmjeniti osobine zida grafa.
13 .uno%3ADiagramFloor a1 Otvara pod grafa dialog, u kojem možete mijenjati osobine grafa.  The chart floor is the lower area in 3D charts. This function is only available for 3D charts.
12 .uno%3ADiagramArea 74 Otvara Površina grafa dijalog, u kojem možete da izmjenite površinu grafa. To obuhvata cijelu pozadinu iza grafa.
3b chart2%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_SPLINE_PROPERTIES%3ARB_SPLINES_B 18 Primjeni B-spline model.
3e chart2%3AMetricField%3ADLG_SPLINE_PROPERTIES%3AMF_SPLINE_ORDER 22 Set the degree of the polynomials.
43 chart2%3AMetricField%3ADLG_SPLINE_PROPERTIES%3AMF_SPLINE_RESOLUTION 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
3f chart2%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_SPLINE_PROPERTIES%3ARB_SPLINES_CUBIC 1f Primjeni kubični spline model.
3c chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ABTN_LIGHT_4 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
3f chart2%3AMetricField%3ATP_3D_SCENEGEOMETRY%3AMTR_FLD_Y_ROTATION 44 Postavlja rotaciju grafa po y osi. Prikaz odgovara novim postavkama.
3c chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ABTN_LIGHT_2 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
3c chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ABTN_LIGHT_8 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
3a chart2%3ACheckbox%3ATP_3D_SCENEAPPEARANCE%3ACB_ROUNDEDEDGE 1a Ivice su zarubljene za 5%.
3f chart2%3AMetricField%3ATP_3D_SCENEGEOMETRY%3AMTR_FLD_X_ROTATION 44 Postavlja rotaciju grafa na x osi. Prikaz odgovara novim postavkama.
42 chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ABTN_AMBIENT_COLOR 26 Select a color using the color dialog.
3c chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ABTN_LIGHT_3 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
3c chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ABTN_LIGHT_1 45 Click to enable or disable the specular light source with highlights.
3a chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_3D_SCENEAPPEARANCE%3ACB_OBJECTLINES 3c Prikazuje ivice oko područja postavljanjem stila u Solidan.
40 chart2%3AMetricField%3ATP_3D_SCENEGEOMETRY%3AMTR_FLD_PERSPECTIVE aa Obilježite perspektivu da vidite graf kao kroz sočiva kamere. Koristite spin dugme da postavite procenat. Sa velikim procentom bliži objekti izgledaju veći od daljih.
3c chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ALB_AMBIENTLIGHT 27 Izaberite boju za ambijentalno svjetlo.
36 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_3D_SCENEAPPEARANCE%3ACB_SHADING 51 Primjenjuje Gouraud sjenčenje ako je obilježeno, ili ravno sjenčenje ako nije.
d .uno%3AView3D 9f Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.
3f chart2%3AMetricField%3ATP_3D_SCENEGEOMETRY%3AMTR_FLD_Z_ROTATION 44 Postavlja rotaciju grafa po z osi. Prikaz odgovara novim postavkama.
3c chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ABTN_LIGHT_5 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
3c chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ABTN_LIGHT_6 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
3c chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ABTN_LIGHT_7 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
39 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_3D_SCENEGEOMETRY%3ACBX_PERSPECTIVE aa Obilježite perspektivu da vidite graf kao kroz sočiva kamere. Koristite spin dugme da postavite procenat. Sa velikim procentom bliži objekti izgledaju veći od daljih.
34 chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_3D_SCENEAPPEARANCE%3ALB_SCHEME 1a Izaberite schemu sa liste.
3f chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_3D_SCENEGEOMETRY%3ACBX_RIGHT_ANGLED_AXES c5 Ako su pravougaone ose omogućene, možete rotirati sadržaj grafa samo u X ili Y smjeru, tj., paralelno ivicama grafa. Pravougaone ose su omogućene po default-u za sve novonapravljene 3D grafove.
46 chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ABTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR 26 Select a color using the color dialog.
3b chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_3D_SCENEILLUMINATION%3ALB_LIGHTSOURCE 23 Postavite boju za izabrano svjetlo.
1a CHART2_HID_SCH_LEGEND_SHOW 20 Displays a legend in your chart.
1d CHART2_HID_SCH_LEGEND_POS_TOP 2d Positions the legend to the top of the chart.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_TITLE_SECONDARY_Y 71 Enter a label for the secondary y-axis. This option is only available for charts that support a secondary y-axis.
17 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_ZGRID 75 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
16 CHART2_HID_SCH_TITLE_Z 59 Enter a label for the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
1e CHART2_HID_SCH_LEGEND_POS_LEFT 2e Positions the legend to the left of the chart.
17 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_YGRID 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the y-axis.
17 CHART2_HID_SCH_CB_XGRID 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the x-axis.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_LEGEND_POS_BOTTOM 30 Positions the legend to the bottom of the chart.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_TITLE_SECONDARY_X 71 Enter a label for the secondary x-axis. This option is only available for charts that support a secondary x-axis.
16 CHART2_HID_SCH_TITLE_Y 28 Enter a label for the y-axis (vertical).
1f CHART2_HID_SCH_LEGEND_POS_RIGHT 2f Positions the legend to the right of the chart.
16 CHART2_HID_SCH_TITLE_X 2a Enter a label for the x-axis (horizontal).
19 CHART2_HID_SCH_TITLE_MAIN 1d Enter a title for your chart.
18 CHART2_HID_SCH_TITLE_SUB 20 Enter a subtitle for your chart.
12 .uno%3ADiagramType 1c Opens the Chart Type dialog.
1d CHART2_HID_SCH_WIZARD_ROADMAP 25 Click to go to the named wizard page.
2e chart2%3AListBox%3ATP_CHARTTYPE%3ALB_3D_SCHEME 1b Select the type of 3D look.
38 chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_CHARTTYPE%3ARB_STACK_Y_PERCENT 27 Stack series display values as percent.
34 chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CHARTTYPE%3ACB_XVALUE_SORTING 6a Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.
2d chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CHARTTYPE%3ACB_SPLINES 1e The lines are shown as curves.
1b CHART2_HID_SCH_NUM_OF_LINES 3b Set the number of lines for the Column and Line chart type.
17 CHART2_HID_SCH_CTL_TYPE 1a Select a basic chart type.
1e CHART2_HID_SCH_LB_BAR_GEOMETRY 1d Select a shape from the list.
30 chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_CHARTTYPE%3ARB_STACK_Y 31 Stack series display values on top of each other.
2d chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CHARTTYPE%3ACB_STACKED 28 Displays stacked series for Line charts.
1a CHART2_HID_SCH_CTL_VARIANT 2a Select a sub type of the basic chart type.
2d chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_CHARTTYPE%3ACB_3D_LOOK 26 Enables a 3D look for the data values.
35 chart2%3APushButton%3ATP_CHARTTYPE%3APB_SPLINE_DIALOG 2b Opens a dialog to set the curve properties.
34 chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_RANGECHOOSER%3ARB_DATACOLS dc Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.
2a chart2%3AEdit%3ATP_RANGECHOOSER%3AED_RANGE a1 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
34 chart2%3ARadioButton%3ATP_RANGECHOOSER%3ARB_DATAROWS d8 Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.
3b chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_RANGECHOOSER%3ACB_FIRST_ROW_ASLABELS 10d For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.
3e chart2%3ACheckBox%3ATP_RANGECHOOSER%3ACB_FIRST_COLUMN_ASLABELS 11b For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.
31 chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_RANGECHOOSER%3AIB_RANGE a1 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
11 .uno%3ADataRanges 4b Opens the Data Ranges dialog where you can edit Data Range and Data Series.
35 chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_DATA_SOURCE%3AIMB_RANGE_CAT 144 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
2f chart2%3AEdit%3ATP_DATA_SOURCE%3AEDT_CATEGORIES 144 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
2a chart2%3AEdit%3ATP_DATA_SOURCE%3AEDT_RANGE ff Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
2e chart2%3APushButton%3ATP_DATA_SOURCE%3ABTN_ADD 88 Adds a new entry below the current entry in the Data Series list. If an entry is selected, the new data series gets the same chart type.
2f chart2%3APushButton%3ATP_DATA_SOURCE%3ABTN_DOWN 36 Moves down the selected entry in the Data Series list.
1f CHART2_HID_SCH_DATA_RANGES_LIST a1 Shows all the data ranges used by the data series that is selected in the Data Series list box. Each data range shows the role name and the source range address.
31 chart2%3APushButton%3ATP_DATA_SOURCE%3ABTN_REMOVE 35 Removes the selected entry from the Data Series list.
36 chart2%3AImageButton%3ATP_DATA_SOURCE%3AIMB_RANGE_MAIN ff Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
2d chart2%3APushButton%3ATP_DATA_SOURCE%3ABTN_UP 34 Moves up the selected entry in the Data Series list.
1a CHART2_HID_SCH_SERIES_LIST a8 Shows a list of all data series in the chart. Click an entry to view and edit that data series. Click Add to insert a new series into the list after the selected entry.
11 .uno%3ADataInRows 2a Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
14 .uno%3ADataInColumns 2a Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
10 .uno%3AScaleText 45 Rescales the text in the chart when you change the size of the chart.
15 .uno%3ANewArrangement b6 Moves all chart elements to their default positions inside the current chart. This function does not alter the chart type or any other attributes other than the position of elements.
12 .uno%3AContextType 2c Displays the name of the current chart type.
19 .uno%3AResetAllDataPoints 29 Resets all data points to default format.
11 .uno%3ADeleteAxis 1a Deletes the selected axis.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataSeries 18 Formats the data series.
17 .uno%3AFormatYErrorBars 19 Formats the Y error bars.
11 .uno%3AFormatAxis 1a Formats the selected axis.
12 .uno%3AFormatTitle 1b Formats the selected title.
16 .uno%3AInsertMinorGrid 15 Inserts a minor grid.
1e .uno%3AFormatTrendlineEquation 1f Formats the trendline equation.
10 .uno%3ADrawChart 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
11 .uno%3AInsertAxis 21 Opens a dialog to insert an axis.
12 .uno%3AFormatFloor 18 Formats the chart floor.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockLoss 22 Formats the stock loss indicators.
13 SW_HID_INSERT_CHART 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
16 .uno%3AStarChartDialog 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
16 .uno%3AFormatTrendline 16 Formats the trendline.
16 .uno%3AFormatMeanValue 1c Formats the mean value line.
14 .uno%3AInsertR2Value 33 Inserts the coefficient of determination R² value.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataPoint 20 Formats the selected data point.
16 .uno%3AFormatMinorGrid 17 Formats the minor grid.
15 .uno%3AResetDataPoint 31 Resets the selected data point to default format.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMeanValue 1c Deletes the mean value line.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMajorGrid 17 Deletes the major grid.
13 .uno%3AFormatLegend 19 Formats the chart legend.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMinorGrid 17 Deletes the minor grid.
16 .uno%3AInsertAxisTitle 27 Opens a dialog to insert an axis title.
16 .uno%3AFormatChartArea 17 Formats the chart area.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
16 .uno%3AInsertMajorGrid 15 Inserts a major grid.
17 .uno%3AInsertRemoveAxes 28 Opens a dialog to insert or delete axes.
17 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabels 18 Deletes all data labels.
13 .uno%3ADeleteLegend 19 Deletes the chart legend.
17 .uno%3AInsertDataLabels 14 Inserts data labels.
13 .uno%3AInsertTitles 26 Opens a dialog to insert chart titles.
11 .uno%3AFormatWall 17 Formats the chart wall.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockGain 22 Formats the stock gain indicators.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataLabel 20 Formats the selected data label.
16 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabel 20 Deletes the selected data label.
1e .uno%3ADeleteTrendlineEquation 1f Deletes the trendline equation.
14 .uno%3ADeleteR2Value 16 Deletes the R² value.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataLabels 18 Formats the data labels.
17 .uno%3ADeleteYErrorBars 19 Deletes the Y error bars.
16 .uno%3AInsertDataLabel 1c Inserts a single data label.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 48 Inserts the trendline equation and the coefficient of determination R².
16 .uno%3AFormatMajorGrid 17 Formats the major grid.
1b .uno%3AChartElementSelector b9 Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialog for the selected element.
